HomeMy WebLinkAbout1414 W Edinger Ave - Plan
YES NO
INSTRUCTIONS:
ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY
Plan Submittal Criteria
COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects
and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments
· Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place.
· Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section.
· If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA.
· In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations.
· Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding
requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602.
Address Suite City
Project Scope/Business Description
1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways,
curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within
300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145)
2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation?
Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124)
3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from
an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170)
4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving
private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475)
5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000
sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable
to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless
classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration
or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses
where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories
with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285)
6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card,
button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan
depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520)
7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment;
industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible
liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium
ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations?
Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382)
8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft
maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if
H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240)
9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard
commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330)
10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a
commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335)
Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement:
11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is
required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed
Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications.
12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located
in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327—
Initials the building department will determine specific requirements.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true:
Print Name Signature
Phone Number ( ) Date / /
Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA
review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the
applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the
appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE
COM
O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y
Plan Referral Form
Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when
the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”.
City / County Official Requesting Review:
City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________
City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________
Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________
Title: _____________________________________
** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. **
Reason(s) for Review:
Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County :
OCFA COMMENTS:
No further action required on this specific plan type, based
on information provided on: ____/______/______.
Project to be taken in for OCFA Review.
Other:
Name: _________________________________________
Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________
OCFA Authorization
Updated: 06/02/2020 rs
Rev: 02/01/2023 Page 1 of 2
DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE
ACC-01 CBC 2022 A. PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION: (check one)
Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects UNDER the valuation threshold*
Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects OVER the valuation threshold*
Certification of Full Compliance with the 2022 California Building Code
* Valuation threshold as defined in the 2022 California Building Code, Section 11B-202.4 (Exception #8) and
Section 202 is $195,358.00 (as of January 2023)
B. PROJECT INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PETITIONER:
Project Address:
$ $
1. The cost of all construction contemplated in the determination of the valuation of improvement threshold
based on the valuation of site and building improvements for the last three-year period.
2. 20% of Total Construction Cost or Project Valuation: $
3. The actual amount to be spent to provide disabled access: $
4. Describe the impact of the proposed improvements on financial feasibility of the project.
5. Describe the proposed improvements related to accessibility upgrades on this project.
Planning & Building Agency
Building Safety Division
20 Civic Center Plaza
P.O. Box 1988 (M-19)
Santa Ana, CA 92702
(714) 647-5800
www.santa-ana.org
6. Identify the accessibility features and equivalent facilities that WILL be brought into compliance with the
latest edition of Title 24 as a part of this project and an estimate of the cost of each item: (Documentation
may be required)
Accessible Features to be Made Accessible Cost of Improvement
a. Entrance:
Door Landing Stairway/Steps Ramp $
b. Path of Travel:
Path of travel from accessible parking to the building entrance
and area of remodel $
$
Path of travel from the public way to the building entrance $
c. Sanitary facilities ( Floor no. ) $
d. Public phone(s) $
e. Drinking fountain(s) $
f. Parking $
g. Signage & Alarms $
i. Other: $
Total: $
7. Identify the accessibility features that WILL NOT comply if a request for unreasonable hardship is
granted. Provide an estimated cost of compliance for each item: (Documentation may be required)
Accessible Features Not to be Improved Cost of Improvement
a. $
b. $
c. $
Total: $
8. Petitioner must be the legal property owner or his/her legal representative:
I certify that the above noted information is true and correct.
Legal Property Owner Architect/Engineer Contractor Other:
Print Name: Phone No.
Address:
Signature: Date:
FOR AGENCY USE ONLY
Approved by: Date:
1. All work shall conform to: (A) The minimum standards of the latest edition of the California Building Standards
Code (Title 24) and all related documents published by the International Code Council (I.C.C.), as adopted by
the local governing agency; (B) All regulations and ordinances of the local governing agencies; (C) Any special
conditions required by the local governing agencies; and (D) All amendments to the California Building
Standards Code (Title 24).
2. All work described in the drawings shall be verified by the contractor and subcontractors for dimensions, grades,
extents, and compatibility with the existing site. Any discrepancies or unexpected conditions that could impact
or alter the work as described in the contract documents must be promptly reported to 369 Architects Inc. for
resolution. Work in the area of discrepancies shall not proceed until all such discrepancies are addressed. If the
contractor chooses to proceed without resolution, they do so at their own risk, in accordance with CBC Chapter
1 for administrative provisions and construction oversight.
3. Omissions from the drawings and specifications, or the misdescription of work that is manifestly necessary to fulfill
the intent of the drawings and specifications, or work that is customarily performed, shall not relieve the
contractor from completing such omitted or misdescribed details of the work as though they were fully and
explicitly described in the drawings and specifications, in accordance with CBC Chapter 1 for administrative
provisions and construction standards.
4. Dimensions indicated in the drawings shall take precedence over the scale or proportion of the drawings. Larger
scale drawings shall take precedence over smaller scale drawings, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 1 for
construction documentation standards.
5. Approved numbers or addresses, as required by the City of Santa Ana, shall be provided in a position that is
plainly visible and legible from the street or road fronting the property. The contractor shall coordinate the exact
location with the architect, ensuring compliance with CBC Section 501.2 for address identification requirements.
6. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection of
all plumbing fixtures, including toilets, tubs/showers, lavatories, sinks, faucets, trim, and drains. The owner shall
select all colors, finishes, and options, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 4 for plumbing systems and fixture
requirements.
7. If no mechanical drawings are required, the contractor shall be responsible for both the design and installation
of the mechanical heating and distribution system, ensuring full compliance with applicable codes, regulations,
and CBC Chapter 12 for mechanical systems and interior environmental conditions.
8. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection of
all electrical light fixtures, including their color, type, and finish, as well as switchplates and outlets, including their
color and type. The contractor shall verify all locations and heights of outlets, lighting fixtures, and other electrical
components with the architect, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 27 for electrical systems and
installations.
9. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection of
all kitchen appliances, including their color, type, and available options, ensuring compliance with CBC
standards for installation and integration with building systems.
10. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection
and appropriate locations of all bathroom specialties, including but not limited to medicine cabinets, mirrors,
towel bars, hooks, toilet paper dispensers, soap dishes, and shower enclosures. This coordination shall ensure
compliance with CBC Chapter 11A for accessibility standards and Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
11. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the design of
built-in cabinets, including door and drawer locations, types of hinges, pulls, and sliding hardware. The owner
shall select the type of materials, color, and finish for the cabinets, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for
interior finishes and applicable accessibility standards outlined in CBC Chapter 11A.
12. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection of
all interior finishes, including floor coverings, underlayments, paint (including the number of coats), wallcoverings,
base and case materials, laminates, tile, and any other applicable finishes. This coordination shall ensure
compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes and CBC Chapter 11A for accessibility standards where
required.
13. Unless otherwise specified in this drawing set, the contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the selection of
all door hardware, including, but not limited to, door latches, hinges, cabinet hardware, and other related
components. The selection process shall encompass types and finishes, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter
10 for egress and accessibility requirements, as well as CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
14. All work, construction, and materials shall comply with the provisions of the applicable building codes, as well as
all rules, regulations, and ordinances governing the place of construction. It is the sole responsibility of all parties
supplying labor, materials, or both, to promptly bring to the attention of the designer, engineer, general
contractor, and owner any discrepancies or conflicts between the requirements of the code and the drawings.
Compliance with CBC Chapter 1 for administrative provisions and project coordination is required.
15. Dimensions shall refer to the face of new partitions unless otherwise noted. Dimensions for existing partitions and
columns shall refer to the finished face. Written dimensions shall take precedence; drawings must not be scaled
to determine dimensions, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 1 for construction documentation standards.
16. Floor spot elevations are shown as follows: 0'-0".
17. Architectural finish floor elevations of 0'-0" correspond to the actual site reference for the finish floor level.
18. Plan symbols indicate wall types. Refer to Sheet A2.01 for descriptions of wall types, ensuring compliance with
CBC Chapter 6 for wall assemblies.
19. The general contractor and all subcontractors are responsible for the proper removal and disposal of all debris
generated by construction activities for this project. Removal and disposal of all construction debris must comply
fully with federal, state, and local regulations. The premises shall be kept clean and free of waste materials,
following CBC Chapter 33 for construction safety and environmental requirements.
20. The general contractor shall protect new construction from damage caused by all trades. Any damage caused
by the contractor during the course of the work must be repaired or replaced at the contractor’s expense, per
CBC Chapter 1 for construction accountability.
21. The contractor is responsible for field verification of all dimensions and field conditions prior to ordering or
installing materials or equipment, ensuring compliance with CBC standards for construction accuracy.
22. All aspects of the work and items not explicitly mentioned but necessary to create a complete and functioning
installation must be included and accounted for in the contractor's bid, per CBC standards for comprehensive
project planning.
23. The general contractor shall furnish and install backing for proper anchorage of wall-mounted items, including
but not limited to grab bars, casework, millwork, toilet accessories, toilet partitions, fixtures, marker boards, tack
boards, door stops, audio-visual brackets, etc., in compliance with CBC Chapter 11A for accessibility and
Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
24. No asbestos-or PCB-containing materials shall be used on this project, in accordance with CBC Chapter 33 for
hazardous materials and state regulations.
25. Scribe gypsum board of walls and partitions to fit irregularities in the structure and roof deck above. Seal tightly
around penetrations, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 25 for drywall installation and fire safety.
26. Provisions must be made for full -height non-bearing walls to accommodate two inches of vertical movement in
the building structure without transferring compressive loads to the wall. Irregularities between the top of the wall
and the deck above must be filled with fire safing insulation or fire-stopping materials as required to meet the fire
rating of the respective walls. Smoke partitions shall be filled with materials capable of resisting the passage of
smoke, in compliance with CBC Chapter 7.
27. Construction must not restrict a five-foot clear and unobstructed access to any water or power distribution
facilities (e.g., power poles, pull boxes, transformers, vaults, pumps, valves, meters, appurtenances, etc.) or their
hookup locations. Construction must also maintain a minimum clearance of ten feet from any power lines,
whether or not the lines are located on the property. Failure to comply may result in construction delays or
additional expenses, in accordance with CBC Chapter 33 for safety and accessibility requirements.
28. An approved seismic gas shutoff valve must be installed on the fuel gas line downstream of the utility meter. The
valve shall be rigidly connected to the exterior of the building or structure containing the fuel gas piping, as
required by Ordinance 170,158. A separate plumbing permit is required, in accordance with CBC Chapter 29 for
plumbing systems.
29. Locate control joints (CJ) and control joints above (CJA) at the locations indicated in the drawings. Isolate
gypsum board surfaces with control joints under the following conditions: A) Where the ceiling abuts a structural
element, dissimilar wall, partition, or other vertical penetration. B) Where construction changes occur within
ceiling planes. C) Where the ceiling run exceeds 30 linear feet. D) Where control joints intersect with structural
elements of the building. E) Where partitions or furring exceed 30 linear feet. All installation of control joints shall
comply with CBC Chapter 25 for gypsum board construction and industry standards for control joint placement.
PROJECT GENERAL NOTES
1. The general contractor shall coordinate all cut-outs for casework, millwork, or other equipment as required,
in accordance with CBC Chapter 1 for administrative provisions and coordination.
2. Refer to the code plan and construction plan for the locations of fire-rated walls as applicable, in
compliance with CBC Chapter 7 for fire-resistance-rated construction.
3. All wall penetrations at fire-rated wall locations required for pipes, conduit, ducting, etc., shall be sealed to
prevent the passage of fire and/or smoke using fire safing and approved firestopping sealant, meeting
CBC Section 714 requirements.
4. All piping and conduits shall be concealed within walls, underground, above ceilings, or in architect-
approved utility spaces unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings. Exposed items must be
located in areas approved by the architect, finished with minimal visual impact, and painted to match
adjacent surfaces unless otherwise noted for an accent color, per CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
5. Electrical plans illustrate the general design and arrangement of pipes, conduit, wiring, equipment, and
systems. The information shown is diagrammatic and does not necessarily indicate all required offsets,
fittings, or existing conditions. Locations of these items may be adjusted while maintaining compliance with
all other requirements, in accordance with CBC Chapter 27 for electrical standards.
6. Provide ultra-flush water closets for all new construction, and adapt existing showerheads and toilets for
low water consumption as required by the California Plumbing Code and Title 24 for water conservation.
7. Obtain all required permits from the city and perform all work in accordance with applicable ordinances,
regulations, and codes, following CBC Chapter 1 for permitting and administrative standards.
8. The contractor shall inspect the site and be solely responsible for the scope of work as indicated on the
floor plans, per CBC Chapter 1 for construction oversight.
9. The general contractor (GC) shall provide protective measures to safeguard life and adjacent property
during construction, in compliance with CBC Chapter 33 for construction safety.
10. All materials furnished under this contract shall be new unless otherwise noted. All work shall be completed
in a workmanlike manner and guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship for a period of
one (1) year after completion and acceptance. The contractor shall repair or replace, at their own
expense, any work with defects in materials or workmanship within this period, in accordance with CBC
Chapter 2 for construction standards.
11. The contractor shall verify and coordinate the sizes, locations, and characteristics of all work and
equipment to be furnished by others with the manufacturer or supplier before construction begins, ensuring
compliance with CBC Chapter 1.
12. The contractor shall verify the size and location of all openings for mechanical and electrical work and
equipment with the trades involved, in alignment with CBC Chapter 3 for construction coordination.
13. Failure to report a conflict in the contract documents shall be deemed evidence that the contractor has
elected to proceed in the more expensive manner, per CBC standards for project documentation.
14. The contractor shall be responsible for adequately bracing and protecting all work during construction
against damage, breakage, collapse, and misalignment, in accordance with CBC Chapter 16 for
structural safety and good construction practices.
15. All new gypsum board partitions in the same plane as existing base building core partitions shall align to
create a continuous wall line, in compliance with CBC Chapter 25 for wall and ceiling finishes.
16. The contractor shall correct any base building or building tenant damage caused by the contractor or any
subcontractors, meeting CBC Chapter 33 for construction safety and damage mitigation.
17. The contractor shall coordinate with the owner for the installation requirements of security devices, such as
security conduits, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 8 for building systems.
18. Exit doors shall be operable from the inside without the use of a key, special knowledge, or effort, per CBC
Section 1010 for egress doors.
19. Any alterations to the fire sprinkler and fire/life safety systems shall be approved under separate permits, as
required by CBC Chapter 9.
20. Furnish and install expansion joints, control joints, etc., whether documented or not. Coordinate the final
location with the architect prior to commencing work, following CBC Chapter 16.
21. For all items extending above finished roof areas, including building skin, furnish and install appropriate
materials (e.g., concrete curbs, prefabricated curbs, supplementary structural steel, etc.). Coordinate the
installation of appropriate flashing and counter-flashing using stainless steel material unless otherwise
noted, in compliance with CBC Chapter 15 for roof assemblies.
22. Furnish and install all miscellaneous and structural items (steel, aluminum, etc., including materials to
separate dissimilar metals) for exterior wall systems, windows, architectural glass, aluminum, railings,
parapets, screen walls, signage, etc., associated with the building envelope and roof areas, in
accordance with CBC Chapters 14 and 15.
23. The design intent of the elevator hoistways, machine room layouts, heights, and clearances as indicated in
the documents are specific to this project. Deviation is not permitted without review, coordination, and
approval by the architect. Furnish and install all block-outs, rough-in requirements, supplementary
structural elements, and applicable code requirements to accommodate the design intent, as per CBC
Chapter 30 for elevators.
24. Provide a minimum insulation value of R-19 or the requirements of the California State Energy Code for
exterior walls, and a minimum of R-30 or the requirements of the California State Energy Code for roofs.
Coordinate, furnish, and install fire safing and draft stops as required between the edge of the concrete
floor slab and the exterior wall system, meeting CBC Chapter 13 and the California Energy Code.
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES CONTINUED
1. All removed material, unless designated for salvage or reuse, shall become the contractor’s property
unless otherwise noted (U.O.N.). Material must be promptly removed from the owner’s property. Clean up
and dispose of debris continuously as work progresses. The contractor is responsible for securing and
paying for hauling permits, dumping fees, and associated charges, in compliance with CBC Chapter 33 for
construction safety and waste management.
2. Electrical, mechanical, and plumbing systems must be removed to their furthest termination points on the
floor. Unused or disconnected HVAC, electrical, plumbing, and phone/data cabling above ceilings must
also be removed to their furthest termination points on the floor. Coordinate the extent of removal with
mechanical, electrical, and plumbing drawings as necessary, per CBC Chapter 3 for construction
coordination and standards.
3. Where construction to be removed intersects construction to remain, the work shall include the removal of
all attachment devices (e.g., shot pins, anchors, lag bolts, nails, nailers, shims, etc.), ensuring compliance
with CBC Chapter 16 for structural integrity and detailing.
PROJECT GENERAL NOTES CONTINUED
DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES
1. The general contractor shall furnish all labor and materials required to complete the demolition and removal
of all items as indicated in this drawing set or as otherwise directed by 369 Architects Inc., ensuring
compliance with CBC Chapter 33 for construction safety and site preparation.
2. The general contractor shall provide ownership and 369 Architects Inc. with a complete inventory list of all
items that can be reused and/or stored as building stock, in accordance with CBC standards for resource
efficiency.
3. All demolished work shall be removed from the premises except for items designated to be reused or returned
to the owner, or as otherwise noted, meeting CBC requirements for waste management.
4. The general contractor shall remove from the premises any conduits left after wall demolition, including switch
boxes, plates, bridges, or any other telephone or electrical wiring and equipment, following CBC Chapter 27
for electrical systems.
5. In all areas where demolition (including flooring removal) causes unevenness in the slab, the contractor shall
patch and level the slab to ensure proper preparation for new finished flooring, in compliance with CBC
Chapter 12 for floor finishes.
6. The general contractor shall furnish a system of temporary lighting throughout the construction space as
required, following CBC Chapter 33 for safety during construction.
7. The general contractor shall cap and flush all abandoned projecting plumbing, floor electrical/telephone
outlets, and other projecting items behind finished surfaces, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapters 12 and
29 for utilities and plumbing systems.
8. Upon completion of the demolition work, the general contractor shall ensure that all areas are left broom-
clean, meeting CBC standards for construction site cleanliness.
9. Construction Dust Control: During construction, dust control measures shall be implemented as required.
Grading activities shall be discontinued during first-stage smog alerts and suspended during periods of high
winds (e.g., over 15 mph). All hauling trucks shall have loads covered or wetted and loaded below the
sideboards to minimize dust, in alignment with CBC Chapter 33 and local ordinances for environmental
protection.
10. Any demolition not described or shown in this set but necessary for the completion of the work shall be the
contractor’s responsibility. The demolition drawings are issued for informational purposes only and indicate the
general extent of the demolition required. These drawings do not necessarily depict every item to be removed
in preparation for remodeling or new construction. Refer to the architectural drawings for existing partitions,
doors, and other items to remain, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 3 for construction documentation
and coordination.
PATCHING AND CLEANING GENERAL NOTES
1. The general contractor shall perform all cutting, fitting, and patching required to ensure that all
components align properly and are suitable to receive or integrate with the work of other contractors, as
indicated or reasonably implied by the drawings and notes. This must comply with CBC Chapter 3 for
construction coordination and general requirements.
2. The general contractor shall provide all necessary floor cutouts and patching for the installation of all work,
ensuring compliance with CBC standards for safe and appropriate structural modifications.
3. The general contractor shall inspect all existing plaster surfaces. In cases where demolition causes
misalignment of finished surfaces, the existing plaster shall be removed. New corner beads and stops shall
be installed, and the surfaces shall be re-plastered to achieve a smooth, flush, and aligned finish, following
CBC Chapter 25 for plastering requirements.
4. Any damaged existing areas to remain, along with existing areas affected by demolition or new
construction as shown in the drawings, shall be patched to match adjacent areas in material, fire rating,
finish, and color unless otherwise noted, in accordance with CBC Chapter 7 for fire-resistance-rated
construction and Chapter 8 for interior finishes.
PARTITION GENERAL NOTES
1. The general contractor shall provide and install all partitions as designated in this set of drawings, in
compliance with CBC Chapter 6 for wall assemblies.
2. Unless otherwise noted, all partition dimensions shall be measured from the finished face of walls, including
existing walls, and all heights shall be from the top of the finished floor unless otherwise specified, per CBC
standards.
3. Walls aligned with the existing building structure shall be flush and smooth with the existing structure, unless
otherwise noted, ensuring compliance with CBC requirements for structural integration.
4. The general contractor shall install corner beads at all exposed corners and ends in plaster and drywall
partitions, following CBC Chapter 25 for finishes and construction quality.
5. All partitions shall be anchored firmly according to the manufacturer’s specifications and the requirements
of state and local codes, as outlined in CBC Chapter 16 for structural detailing.
6. The general contractor shall provide all return air openings in slab-to-slab partitions above hung ceilings to
meet area calculation requirements as shown on engineering drawings. Openings in demising and sound-
attenuated walls must include sound boots, and openings in fire-rated walls must be fitted with fire
dampers, as required by CBC Chapter 7 for fire-rated construction. Coordination with engineering drawings
and reporting discrepancies to 369 Architects Inc. is essential.
7. The general contractor shall provide sufficient framing for all wall partitions to accommodate ductwork,
return air openings, and grill openings above and below hung ceilings. These elements must be
coordinated with HVAC engineering drawings, where applicable. All openings shall be properly sealed for
soundproofing and vibration, in compliance with CBC Chapters 12 and 13.
8. The general contractor shall provide and install all access panels as required for, but not limited to,
mechanical, electrical, and plumbing installations, in accordance with local building codes and CBC
Chapter 7 for accessibility and fire-rated construction. Locations shall be coordinated with 369 Architects
Inc. prior to final inspections.
9. 369 Architects Inc. retains the right to review and approve all chalk lines prior to track installation. The
general contractor must notify 369 Architects Inc. of any required deviations from construction dimensions,
clearances as designated on the plans, or any apparent construction conflicts, ensuring compliance with
CBC Chapter 1 for construction oversight.
10. All gypsum board construction shall meet the standards set by the Gypsum Association and the Southern
California Drywall Contractors Association Inc., in compliance with CBC Chapter 25 for wall and ceiling
finishes.
11. All penetrations through fire-rated partitions must be fully sealed and fitted with appropriately sized fire
dampers, as required by CBC Chapter 7.
12. Drywall shall be installed with vertical joints only, and all joints must occur at stud locations, in accordance
with CBC Chapter 25 for drywall installation standards.
REFLECTED CEILING GENERAL NOTES
1. The general contractor shall refer to all pertinent sections of the general notes, specifications, general
conditions, and the schedule of finishes to ensure complete and proper installation of work, in compliance
with CBC Chapter 1 for administrative provisions.
2. The general contractor shall ensure clearance for light fixtures, ducts, fire sprinklers, and other components.
If any obstructions prevent the installation of a required component, notify 369 Architects Inc. prior to
ceiling installation. Installations made without approval shall be removed and reinstalled as directed by
369 Architects Inc. at the expense of the general contractor, following CBC standards for construction
oversight.
3. Fire/life safety fixtures shown on the plans are suggested locations only. The fire/life safety (F.L.S.) contractor
shall coordinate and submit design/build drawings for the appropriate placement of strobes and exit signs.
These drawings must be submitted to 369 Architects Inc. for approval and to the fire department for
permitting, prior to the commencement of installation, as required by CBC Chapter 9.
4. Both new and existing sprinkler heads for the work area shall be located as determined by the sprinkler
contractor. Design/build drawings for sprinkler head placement must be submitted to the fire department
for approval in accordance with CBC Chapter 9 for fire suppression systems.
5. All fixtures and sprinkler heads shall be located at the center of ceiling tiles unless otherwise noted.
Proposed locations in drywall ceilings shall be submitted to 369 Architects Inc. for approval, ensuring
compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
6. Ensure that room separation of lighting is maintained by providing the necessary switching to achieve this
requirement, in accordance with CBC Chapter 8 for construction quality and energy efficiency.
7. All lay-in panels shall be secured to the suspension system with a minimum of two hold-down clips per tile
within a 4-foot radius of exit lights and exit signs, in compliance with CBC Chapter 16 for structural safety
and CBC Chapter 10 for exit route provisions.
8. Provide access panels as required for gypsum board ceiling systems. The exact location of access panels
shall be approved by the owner and architect prior to installation, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter
7 for accessibility and fire-rated construction.
9. All switching and lighting layouts shall comply with California Title 24 energy efficiency standards, as
required under CBC Chapter 13 for energy conservation provisions.
10. Prior to installation, HVAC zones and thermostat (T-stat) locations must be approved by the owner and
architect. These must also be coordinated with furniture plans and wall finish locations, ensuring alignment
with CBC Chapter 12 for interior environment requirements.
11. All gypsum board construction shall meet the standards specified by the Gypsum Association, as enforced
by the Southern California Drywall Contractors Association Inc., in accordance with CBC Chapter 25 for
gypsum and plaster standards.
POWER/VOICE/DATA GENERAL NOTES
1. The contractor shall coordinate all work with the manufacturer's specifications and ensure compliance
with Chapter 1, Division II of the California Building Code.
2. All work shall be installed in strict accordance with the applicable sections of the California Building Code,
as well as the requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), local utility providers, and
other authorities having jurisdiction.
3. Verify the location of floor-mounted cores with 369 Architects Inc. in the field before starting any coring.
Coordinate core locations with millwork and furniture layout. Provide conduit distribution from cores to wall
stub-ups and ensure compliance with CBC Chapter 7 for fire-resistance-rated construction, including fire
safing and smoke sealant at floor penetrations as required.
4. No "back-to-back" outlets are permitted within a wall. Outlets must be staggered and installed in separate
stud cavities per CBC Chapter 6 for wall assemblies.
5. The electrical contractor shall submit cutsheets for all fixtures for approval as required by the project
specifications and relevant code sections.
6. The electrical contractor shall coordinate any electrical or lighting installations within cabinetry with the
cabinet contractor, ensuring compliance with Chapter 6 of the CBC.
7. The electrical contractor shall provide temporary lighting and electrical services for all trades, meeting the
safety requirements outlined in CBC Chapter 33 for construction safety.
8. Where multiple switches occur at the same location, they shall be installed in a gang-type box with a
single cover plate, consistent with CBC electrical standards.
9. All electrical, telephone receptacles, and light fixtures shall be installed as dimensioned in the plans, in
accordance with CBC Chapter 3 for building planning.
10. Power and telephone outlets shown on plans are not exhaustive of all outlets required by the owner. The
contractor shall verify with the owner all required outlets and configurations prior to completing wall
construction.
11. All fire prevention and electrical wiring must be installed in conduit per the CBC, with adherence to NFPA
70 standards.
12. All electrical and telephone wiring conduits shall be concealed within partitions and/or ceilings as required
by CBC standards.
13. The contractor shall provide new blank cover plates for any abandoned outlet locations to maintain
compliance with CBC aesthetics and safety requirements.
14. The electrical contractor shall field-verify that all circuits at the main panel meet the new requirements
and install new conduits or panels as necessary per CBC Chapter 27 for electrical standards.
15. All conduits shall be run in EMT or flexible conduit. BX or prewired cables are not permitted in compliance
with CBC electrical provisions.
16. Provide adequate support for all conduits above ceilings as required by the California Building Code.
DOOR GENERAL NOTES
1. The contractor shall provide and install required bucks and assemblies as shown on the 369 Architects Inc.
drawings, unless otherwise noted, in compliance with CBC Chapter 17 for structural details and
requirements.
2. All lock sets shall be coded and/or keyed for the owner. Codes and/or keys are to be delivered to the
owner properly tested and tagged. The quantity of master and pass keys must be coordinated with the
owner per CBC Chapter 10 for egress door hardware standards.
3. Detailed door and hardware submittals shall be submitted to 369 Architects Inc. for review. Fabrication of
materials shall not commence until the reviewed submittals are returned, meeting CBC Section 107 for
construction documents and submittal requirements.
4. Maximum effort to operate doors shall not exceed 5 pounds for interior and exterior doors, as specified in
CBC Chapter 11B for accessibility standards. Push/pull efforts should be applied at right angles to hinged
doors and at the center plane of sliding or folding doors. Compensating devices or automatic door
operators may be used to meet the above standard. For fire doors, the maximum operating effort may
increase but must not exceed 15 pounds, per CBC Chapter 7.
5. All required exit doorways shall have a minimum 32-inch clear opening when the door is at 90 degrees to
the closed position. Doorways shall not be less than 36 inches in width and 6 feet, 8 inches in height, in
accordance with CBC Chapter 10.
6. Landings or floor levels at doors shall not be more than 1/2 inch below the threshold. Raised thresholds and
floor level changes greater than 1/4 inch at doorways shall be beveled with a slope not exceeding 1 unit
vertical in 2 units horizontal, in compliance with CBC Chapter 11B for accessible routes.
7. Refer to Sheet A-3.04 for detailed door and hardware schedules, ensuring alignment with CBC standards
for construction documentation.
8. Any glazing on or within 24 inches of a door shall be tempered or an approved equal, in compliance with
CBC Chapter 24 for glazing and safety requirements.
9. The contractor shall undercut all new and existing doors as required to accommodate all floor coverings.
Verify the exact thickness of all new floor coverings with 369 Architects Inc. before undercutting doors,
ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
10. The standard minimum distance between door jambs and walls perpendicular or adjacent to door
openings shall be 4 inches unless otherwise noted, in accordance with CBC standards for clearances and
spatial planning.
PAINTING/WALL COVERING GENERAL NOTES
1. Unless otherwise specified, all areas shall be painted in accordance with the finish plans, ensuring
compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for interior finishes.
2. Walls shall include surfaces from floor to ceiling, including pilasters, fascia, jamb bucks, reveals, returns, and
all other vertical surfaces not incorporated into the ceiling. Preparation of wall surfaces must comply with
CBC standards for smooth and durable finishes.
3. Paint colors shall be specified by 369 Architects Inc. The general contractor shall submit three samples of
each paint for review by 369 Architects Inc., meeting CBC Section 107 requirements for submittals.
4. All walls and ceilings shall be properly prepared, including spackling, sanding, and other necessary surface
treatments, to achieve a smooth finish ready for priming and painting, in accordance with CBC Chapter 8
for quality standards.
5. All existing loose paint shall be removed, and surfaces shall be spackled or plaster-patched, ensuring
compliance with CBC Chapter 12 for interior repairs and maintenance.
6. Any existing unevenness in partitions shall be sanded or chipped away and plaster-patched or spackled to
provide a perfectly even surface, as required under CBC Chapter 6 for construction assemblies.
7. All wood shelving and painted doors shall receive priming, sanding, and two full coats of semi-gloss
enamel free of brush marks unless otherwise noted, in compliance with CBC standards for quality finishes.
8. The general contractor shall properly prepare all surfaces to receive, at a minimum, one prime coat and
two finish coats of paint in the color selected by 369 Architects Inc., meeting the requirements of CBC
Chapter 12.
9. The general contractor shall install wall coverings according to the manufacturer’s specifications where
designated. Wall coverings must be smooth, free of wrinkles, bubbles, loose edges, and brush marks. Edges
adjoining wood or metal trim shall be cut straight and square. All workmanship must meet CBC standards
for quality, and any work deemed substandard by 369 Architects Inc. will be rejected.
10. The general contractor shall examine all areas of construction after the completion of work from all trades
and indicate necessary touch-up painting or patching, ensuring compliance with CBC Chapter 1 for final
inspections and corrections.
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
1/8" = 1'-0"
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
2
P
M
GENERAL NOTES
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
2
Finishes and Painting Notes
All exposed surfaces must receive finishes as indicated in the drawings or specifications unless explicitly noted
otherwise. Any surfaces without a specified finish or marked as unfinished must be brought to the attention of
369 Architects Inc. for further direction.
For doors, finish the front side, back side, and door edges at the strike and hinge sides. Leave the top and
bottom unpainted to prevent warping.
All metal access doors and panels must be painted to match the adjacent wall or ceiling finish.
Closet wall surfaces are to be painted to match the color of the adjacent outside wall surface, unless otherwise
noted.
The general contractor must verify the availability of all specified products and notify 369 Architects Inc.
immediately of any discrepancies affecting the project completion date. Note that some products may
require a two to six-week lead time, and long lead items must be reported to 369 Architects Inc. promptly.
All surfaces must be properly prepared with a sealer prior to the installation of wall coverings. Wall coverings
must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.
When doors and frames are being reused, the contractor must refinish them, ensuring all scratches and dings
are removed.
The paint finish for all metal parts of doors, perimeter enclosures, etc. must be semi-gloss
PAINTING/WALL COV. GEN. NOTES CONT'D KITCHEN GENERAL NOTES BATHROOM GENERAL NOTES CONT'D
Flooring Installation Notes
The contractor must supply and install all floor finishes as specified in the drawings and specifications.
All carpet seams must be sealed in accordance with the carpet manufacturer’s published installation
instructions.
The general contractor must flash patch all cracks, holes, or other surface imperfections. Any projections must
be removed, and the floor must be patched to provide a smooth, continuous surface. The floor level variation
must not exceed 1/4 inch over 10 feet (non-cumulative).
The general contractor must notify 369 Architects Inc. upon completion of floor patching and obtain approval
prior to proceeding with flooring installation.
All workmanship must meet the highest quality standards. Completed work must be free from buckles,
bubbles, open joints, or other imperfections. Seams must be aligned accurately along both coordinates. Tiles
with chipped or rounded corners will be rejected and, if installed, must be removed and replaced with
acceptable tiles.
Spaces being surfaced must be closed to traffic and other work during flooring installation. Stone floors must
be covered after installation for protection.
Upon completion of the work, all surfaces must be cleaned by the contractor. This includes removing spots of
adhesive, surface stains, and scraps. All cartons and containers must be disposed of offsite.
The general contractor must provide and maintain adequate protection for all resilient flooring throughout the
duration of the contract. All protection must be removed prior to the punch list.
The general contractor is responsible for coordinating with all flooring contractors to ensure a flush installation
of all varying flooring materials. All transition methods must be approved by 369 Architects Inc..
Closet floors must use the same flooring as the adjacent area, unless otherwise noted.
Transitions between carpet-to-carpet or carpet-to-other flooring must be created beneath the centerline of
the door in the closed position.
The general contractor must verify the availability of all specified products. Any discrepancies affecting the
project completion date must be reported to 369 Architects Inc. immediately. Note that some products may
require a two to six-week lead time. Notify 369 Architects Inc. of any long lead items.
No substitutions of materials are permitted without written approval from 369 Architects Inc..
The general contractor must prepare floors as required for new floor covering, including floating floors to a
level surface as necessary.
FLOOR COVERING GENERAL NOTES
BATHROOM GENERAL NOTES
Safety Glazing for Windows in Bathrooms (CBC 2406.4.5)
Safety glazing (i.e., tempered glass) is required in windows located in:
Any portion of a wall enclosing tubs and/or showers where the bottom edge of the glazing is less than 60
inches above the standing surface.
Windows within 60 inches horizontally from the water’s edge of a bathtub, whirlpool tub, or shower and
where the bottom edge of the glazing is less than 60 inches above the walking surface.
Water-Conserving Plumbing Fixtures (California Civil Code 1101.4(a))
The California Civil Code mandates that all existing non-compliant plumbing fixtures (based on water
efficiency) must be upgraded to water-conserving fixtures whenever a building permit is issued for
remodeling or improvements. This applies even if the fixtures are outside the scope of work.
Residential buildings constructed after January 1, 1994 are exempt from this requirement.
The following types of fixtures are considered non-compliant:
Toilets exceeding 1.6 gallons per flush
Showerheads with a flow rate over 2.5 gallons per minute
Faucets exceeding 2.2 gallons per minute
Note: For commercial projects, similar efficiency standards may apply under CALGreen and other relevant
codes.
WATER CLOSET (TOILET)
URINAL
SHOWER HEAD
FAUCET-BATHROOM
FAUCET-KITCHEN
TYPE OF FIXTURE NON-COMPLIANT
PLUMBING FIXTURE
MORE THAN 1.6 GAL./ FLUSH
MORE THAN 1.0 GAL./ FLUSH
MORE THAN 2.5 GAL./ MINUTE
MORE THAN 2.2 GAL./ MINUTE
MORE THAN 2.2 GAL./ MINUTE
Plumbing Notes
Toilets and/or bidets must have a minimum clear space of:
30 inches total (15 inches from the centerline to each side)
A minimum of 24 inches clear space in front of the fixture Urinals must have a minimum clear space of:
24 inches total (12 inches from the centerline to each side) (CPC 402.5)
When additional toilets (water closets) are installed, a maximum of three (3) toilets are allowed on a 3-
inch waste line. (CPC Table 703.2, Footnote 4)
Provide safety glazing (tempered glass) for all tub/shower enclosures and doors. (CBC 2406.4.5)
Showers and tub-shower combinations must be equipped with individual control valves that are:
Pressure balance, thermostatic, or a combination pressure balance/thermostatic mixing valve
Conforming to ASSE 1016 or ASME A112.18.1/CSA B125.1 standards Valve handles must be adjusted to
ensure a maximum mixed water setting of 120°F. (CPC 408.3)
The hot water valve must always be installed on the left side when two separate control handles are
provided. (CPC 417.5)
REQUIRED WATER-CONSERVING
PLUMBING FIXTURE (MAX. RATE)
CALGREEN 5.303.3
1.28 GALLONS / FLUSH
0.125 GAL. / FLUSH FOR WALL
MOUNT; 0.50 FOR OTHERS
1.8 GALLONS / MINUTE AT 80 PSI
0.5 GALLONS / MINUTE AT 80 PSI
1.8 GALLONS / MINUTE AT 80 PSI
General Plumbing Requirements
A minimum 12"x12" access panel is required when a slip joint P-trap waste and overflow is provided,
ensuring inspection and repair accessibility. (CBC Section 402.10)
Toilets / Bidets
The water supply to the bidet must be protected by an air gap or vacuum breaker. (CBC Sections 410.2,
603.3.2, 603.3.5, 603.3.6)
The maximum hot water temperature discharging from the bidet must be limited to 110°F using a device
in compliance with ASSE 1070 or CSA B125.3 standards. Water heater thermostats cannot be used as a
control to meet this provision. (CBC Section 410.3)
Showers
Shower stalls must have a minimum interior finished area of 1,024 square inches and be capable of
encompassing a 30-inch diameter circle. (CBC Section 408.6)
Stall shower doors must open outward with a minimum 22-inch-wide opening. (CBC Section 408.5)
Site-built shower stalls must be installed in compliance with CBC Section 408.7.
Shower stalls and bathtubs with showerheads installed must have walls finished with a nonabsorbent
surface extending at least 6 feet above the floor. (CBC Section 1210)
Electrical
Provide a 20-amp GFCI -protected receptacle within 36 inches of the outside edge of each bathroom sink
basin. (CEC 210.52(D))
Receptacle must be located:
On a wall or partition adjacent to the basin
On the countertop
On the side or face of the basin cabinet, no more than 12 inches below the top of the basin
All receptacles must be tamper-resistant (TR). (CEC Section 406.12)
A minimum of one 120-volt/20-amp branch circuit is required for bathroom receptacles, with no
additional receptacles allowed on this circuit. (CEC Section 210.11(C)(3))
All 125-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere receptacles in bathrooms must have GFCI protection. The
GFCI must be installed in a readily accessible location. (CEC Section 210.8)
Receptacles must not be installed:
Within or directly above a bathtub or shower stall
Within 5 feet of the perimeter of bathtubs or shower stalls. (CEC Section 406.9(C))
Bathroom Lighting Requirements (CEnC 150.0(k))
All installed luminaires (lighting) must be high efficacy in compliance with Table 150.0-A. At least one high-
efficacy luminaire must be controlled by a vacancy sensor.
Switches must not be installed within tubs or shower spaces unless they are part of a listed tub or shower
assembly. Additionally, switches cannot be installed within 5 feet of the perimeter of bathtubs or shower
stalls. (CEC 404.4(C))
All recessed lighting must be IC rated and airtight certified. (CEnC 150.0(k)C)
Pendant lighting must not be located within a zone measured 3 feet horizontally and 8 feet vertically from
the top of a bathtub rim or shower stall threshold. (CEC 410.10(D))
Luminaires located within the actual dimensions of a bathtub or shower (up to 8 feet vertically from the
top of the tub rim or shower threshold) must be of enclosed and gasketed type, listed for damp or wet
locations, and must have GFCI protection. (CEC 550.14(D), 551.53(B))
For occupancies with a horizontal (floor/ceiling assembly) fire-rated separation, recessed fixtures must be
protected to match the fire rating of the separation (typically 1 hour), or they must be listed for the
required fire protection. (CBC 714.4.2)
Bathroom Exhaust Systems (CEnC 150.0(k))
Local exhaust systems must be installed in any bathroom containing a tub, shower, spa, or other moisture
source. They must:
Vent to the outdoors with a minimum exhaust rate of 50 CFM (or 20 CFM for continuous operation).
Have a maximum sound rating of 3 sone (or 1 sone for continuous operation).
Be controlled by a humidistat, adjustable within a relative humidity range of 50% to 80%. (ASHRAE 62.2,
CALGreen 4.506.1)
Bathrooms that only contain a toilet and sink do not require local exhaust systems if there is an operable
window with a minimum opening of 3 square feet. (CBC Compliance, not CRC)
Exhaust ducts must terminate outside the building and include back-draft dampers.
Dampers are not required if the exhaust fan operates continuously.
Terminations must be at least:
3 feet from a property line
10 feet from a forced-air inlet
3 feet from openings into the building
Ducts must not discharge onto a public walkway. (CMC 504.1, 502.2.1)
Energy Efficiency (CEnC 110.7)
All accessible joints, penetrations, and other openings in the building envelope within the area of work
must be sealed using caulking, gaskets, weather stripping, or equivalent methods.
Electrical Notes
All kitchen countertop outlets must have GFCI protection. (CEC 210.8(A)(6))
Countertops that are 12 inches or wider require an outlet. (CEC 210.52(C)(1))
Outlets must be installed within 24 inches of any location along the countertop. (CEC 210.52(C)(1))
Kitchen outlets must be positioned at a maximum height of 20 inches above the countertop. (CEC
210.52(C)(5))
Appliances and sinks interrupting the countertop run require each side of the interrupted section to
comply with outlet spacing requirements. (CEC 210.52(C))
Electrical outlet requirements apply to islands, peninsulas, kitchen desktops, wet bars, and serving bars.
Features such as a large window behind a sink or the absence of a backsplash do not exempt
countertops from outlet requirements. These outlets can be installed as drop-front cabinet receptacles,
under-cabinet plug strips, pop-up receptacles, or tombstone-type receptacles. (CEC 210.52(C)(2), (3),
(4))
A minimum of two small appliance branch circuits is required for kitchens. These circuits must be
balanced and have no other outlets. (CEC 210.52(B)(1), (2))
Individual dedicated circuits are required for all major appliances. (CEC 210.11(C)(1) & CEC 422.10(A))
The garbage disposal cord must be between 18 and 36 inches long. (CEC 422.16(B)(1))
The dishwasher cord must be between 36 and 48 inches long. Romex with a plug is not an approved
flexible cord. (CEC 422.16(B)(2))
A minimum 15-amp circuit is required for the dishwasher, and a separate 15-amp circuit is required for
the garbage disposal. (CEC 210.23(A))
For split outlets (two circuits on the same yoke) serving a dishwasher and garbage disposal, a listed
handle tie must be provided on the two circuit breakers in the panel. (CEC 210.7(B))
IC-rated (direct contact) and AT-rated (airtight) cans are required for recessed lighting installed in
insulated ceilings. For occupancies with a horizontal (floor/ceiling assembly) fire-rated separation,
recessed fixtures must be protected to match the fire rating of the separation (1 hour) or be listed for the
required fire protection. (CEnC 150(K)1.C)
Mechanical
A ducted residential exhaust hood is required. The duct must have a smooth, metal interior surface for
vent hoods or downdraft exhaust vents. Aluminum flex ducts are not approved. Include a back-draft
damper. (CMC Section 504.3)
Maintain a minimum 30-inch vertical clearance from combustibles above the cooktop surface. (CMC
Section 921.3.1)
Local kitchen exhaust ventilation must achieve a minimum rate of 100 CFM in compliance with ASHRAE
62.2. Ensure a maximum sound rating of 3 sone at 100 CFM.
Plumbing
Conduct a gas pressure test for piping modifications at 10 PSI for 15 minutes. Use a gauge with a
maximum capacity of 15 PSI. For lower gas pressure testing, you may utilize a recording test gauge.
(CPC Section 1213.3)
Gas lines running under slabs must be enclosed in an approved, vented, gas-tight conduit. (CPC Section
1210.3.4)
Install an accessible shutoff valve outside each appliance, ahead of the union, in addition to any valve
on the appliance itself. (CPC Section 1210.11)
Provide a maximum 6-foot listed gas flexible connector and shutoff for freestanding ranges. (CPC
Section 1212.3.1)
A listed air gap is mandatory for dishwasher drains. (CPC Section 807.3)
Kitchen faucets must have a maximum flow rate of 1.8 gallons per minute at 60 PSI. (CPC Section 402.4)
ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES
Mechanical Clothes Dryers:
Ducts must not exceed a total horizontal length of 14 feet, including two 90-degree elbows, unless
otherwise permitted by the manufacturer.
Moisture exhaust ducts must terminate outside the building and include a back-draft damper.
The termination of the exhaust duct must maintain a minimum clearance of 3 feet from openings
into the building.
Electrical
Receptacle Outlets:
Install outlets in compliance with the CBC. At least one outlet must be accessible at grade level
and no higher than 6.5 feet above grade at the front and back of the building.
Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter (GFCI) Protection:
All new 125-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere receptacles must be equipped with GFCI
protection in the following locations:
Dishwashers
Outdoor locations (must also be weather-resistant)
Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupters (AFCI):
120-volt, single-phase, 15-and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying new outlets must be protected
by a listed combination-type AFCI device for branch circuit protection.
Receptacles, Connectors, and Plugs:
Ensure that all 125-volt, 15-and 20-ampere receptacles comply with tamper-resistant requirements
as applicable.
Exhaust Fans: Fans with integral lighting systems must be controlled separately. Alternatively, the
lighting system must allow manual operation while enabling the fan to operate for an extended
period.
Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarms. Smoke Alarms (CBC 907.2.11):
Install smoke alarms on ceilings or walls, between 4 to 12 inches from the ceiling. Locations must
include:
All sleeping rooms
Adjacent hallways/areas near sleeping rooms
Every story of the building, including basements
Carbon Monoxide Alarms (CBC 907.2.11):
Install CO alarms on ceilings or walls (above door headers) in the following locations:
Adjacent hallways/areas near sleeping rooms
Each occupiable story
Within bedrooms if they, or their attached bathrooms, contain a fuel-burning appliance
CO alarms are not required if there are no fuel-burning appliances, fireplaces, or attached
garages.
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
1/8" = 1'-0"
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
2
P
M
GENERAL NOTES
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
2
X
X X
3
1
24
SHEET ON
WHICH
DRAWN
WINDOW NUMBER
DOOR NUMBER
ROOM NAME & NUMBER
COLUMN LINE
LEGEND/KEY NOTE
BUILDING ELEVATION
DETAIL REFERENCE
DETAIL OR WALL SECTION
CROSS REFERENCE
DETAIL
NUMBER
(CONTINUOUS BLOCKING)
BATT INSULATION
RIGID INSULATION
CARPET (LARGE SCALE)
PROTECTION BOARD
CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
METAL STUDS
STEEL (LARGE SCALE)
(LARGE SCALE)
GYPSUM WALL BOARD
PLYWOOD (LARGE SCALE)
BRICK VENEER
STONE
GLASS
(TRIM/FINISH)
WOOD
(NON-CONTINUOS BLOCKING)
WOOD
GRAVEL/BALLAST
WOOD
STEEL
PRECAST CONCRETE
CONCRETE
SANDEARTH
SIMILAR OR TYPICAL
REFERENCE
?
101
???
?SIM
BUILDING SECTION
?
Room name
101
?
???
SIM
?
???
SIM ?
???
SIM
?
???
SIM
SIMILAR OR TYPICAL
REFERENCE
INTERIOR ELEVATION
101
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
1/4" = 1'-0"
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
2
P
M
TITTLE SHEET
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
CANAM DENTAL -SANTA ANA
T E N A N T I M P R O V E M E N T
SCOPE OF WORK:
PROJECT DATA
CODE ANALYSIS:
EXISTING USE:RETAIL
NEW USE:MEDICAL OFFICE (DENTAL)
EXISTING OCCUPANCY:M (RETAIL)
NEW OCCUPANCY:B (MEDICAL DENTAL OFFICE)
CONSTRUCTION TYPE VB
(E) FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM:NO
(N) FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM:NO
BUILDING STORIES:ONE STORY
SUITE "X" TENANT AREA:3,330 SF
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
SITE ADDRESS: 1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA ANA, CA
Legal: S TWP 5 RGE 10 SEC 23 SEC 23 T 5 R 10 POR NE1/4
A.P.N.:408-273-08
TRACT:4442
PLANNING AND ZONING
ZONE:C4
VICINITY MAP
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA ANA, CA 92704
ARCHITECTURAL ABBREVIATIONS
@ AT
L CENTERLINE
∅DIAMETER
AB ANCHOR BOLT
A/C AIR CONDITIONING
AC ASPHALT CONCRETE
ADJ ADJACENT
AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR
ALUM ALUMINUM
BD BOARD
BLDG BUILDING
BLK BLOCK
BLKG BLOCKING
BM BEAM
BO BOTTOM OF
BOBM BOTTOM OF BEAM
CAB CABINET
CB CATCH BASIN
CJ CONTROL JOINT
CLG CEILING
CLR CLEAR
CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT
CO CLEANOUT
COL COLUMN
COMP COMPOSITE SHINGLES
CONC CONCRETE
CONST CONSTRUCTION
CONT CONTINUOUS
CSK COUNTER SINK
CSMT CASEMENT
CT CERAMIC TILE
CTR CENTER
CW COLD WATER
DS DOWNSPOUT
DBL DOUBLE
DIA DIAMETER
DIAG DIAGONAL
DIM DIMENSION
DN DOWN
DR DOOR
DW DISHWASHER
EA EACH
EJ EXPANSION JOINT
ELEC ELECTRICAL
ENCL ENCLOSURE
EQ EQUAL
EW EACH WAY
(E) EXISTING
EXT EXTERIOR
FAU FORCED AIR UNIT
FF FINISH FLOOR
FG FIXED GLASS
FHMS FLATH
FIN FINISH
FJ FLOOR JOIST
FO FACE OF
FLR FLOOR
FLUOR FLUORESCENT
FND FOUNDATION
FTG FOOTING
FHWS FLATHEAD WOOD SCREW
FURR FURRED
GA GAUGE
GD GARBAGE DISPOSAL
GLB GLU LAM BEAM
GS GALVANIZED STEEL
GYP GYPSUM
GB GYPSUM BOARD
HB HOSE BIBB
HDR HEADER
HGT HEIGHT
HTR HEATER
HVAC HEATING/VENTILATING/
AIR CONDITIONING
HW HOT WATER
IN INCH
INT INTERIOR
INSUL INSULATION
JST JOIST
LAM LAMINATE
LAV LAVATORY
MATL MATERIAL
MAX MAXIMUM
MB MACHINE BOLT
MC MEDICINE CABINET
MECH MECHANICAL
MED MEDIUM
MFG MANUFACTURER
MIN MINIMUM
MISC MISCELLANEOUS
MTL METAL
N NORTH
NAT NATURAL
NIC NOT IN CONTRACT
NO NUMBER
NTS NOT TO SALE
O/ OVER
OBS OBSCURE
OC ON CENTER
OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER
OH OVERHEAD
OPG OPENING
OS OVERFLOW SCUPPER
PERF PERFORATE
PL PROPERTY LINE
PLYWD PLYWOOD
PR PAIR
PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
PREFAB PREFABRICATED
R RADIUS/RISER
RD ROOF DRAIN
RDWD REDWOOD
REFR REFRIGERATOR
REINF REINFORCEMENT
REQD REQUIRED
RM ROOM
RO ROUGH OPENING
RS ROUGH SAWN
RWD REDWOOD
SF SQUARE FEET
SHLF SHELF
SHLV SHELVING
SS STAINLESS STEEL
S&P SHELF AND POLE
SEL SELECT
SH SINGLE HUNG
SHT SHEET
SHTG SHEATING
SHWR SHOWER
SIM SIMILAR
SKL SKYLIGHT
SL SLIDER (WINDOW)
SLDG SLIDING
SQ SQUARE
STL STEEL
STOR STORAGE
STRUCT STRUCTURAL
T TREAD
T&B TOP & BOTTOM
T&G TONGUE & GROOVE
TC TRASH COMPACTOR
TO TOP OF
TOB TOP OF BEAM
TOM TOP OF MASONRY
TOP TOP OF PARAFET
TOPL TOP OF PLATE
TOS TOP OF SHEETING
THK THICK
TMPR TEMPERED GLASS
TV TELEVISION
TYP TYPICAL
UNO UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE
VIF VERIFY IN FIELD
W/ WITH
W/O WITHOUT
WC WATER CLOSET
WD WOOD
WH WATER HEATER
WI WROUGHT IRON
WIN WINDOW
WP WATERPROOF
WR WATER RESISTANT
WWF WELDED WIRE FABRIC
WWM WELDED WIRE MESH
SHEET INDEX
T-1 TITTLE SHEET
G-01 GENERAL NOTES
G-02 GENERAL NOTES
G-03 TYP. PARKING ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
G-04 TYP. PEDESTRIAN ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
G-05 TYP. MANEUVERING ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
G-06 TYP. RESTROOM ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS
G-07 TYP. SIGNAGE REQ.
G-08 TYP. SIGNAGE REQ. NOTES
A-0.10 SITE PLAN
A-0.20 EGRESS PLAN
A-1.01 DEMO FLOOR PLAN
A-2.01 PROPOSED FLOOR PLAN
A-2.11 PROPOSED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A-2.21 PROPOSED POWER/DATA PLAN
A-3.01 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-3.02 INTERIOR & EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-3.03 FINISH SCHEDULES
A-3.04 FINISH & DOOR SCHEDULES
A-4.01 TYP. STUD WALL FRAMING DETAILS
A-4.10 TYP. CEILING DETALS
A-4.11 CEILING DETALS
A-4.20 MILLWORK & CEILING DETAILS
A-4.12 TYP. CEILING DETAILS
M-1.0 MECHANICAL NOTES & SCHEDULES
M-1.1 MECHANICAL NOTES & SCHEDULES
M-2.0 FLOOR PLAN MECHANICAL CEILING PLAN
M-2.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN
M-3.0 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M-4.0 MECHANICAL ENERGY FORMS
E-1.0 NOTES, SYMBOLS AND ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
E-2.0 EXISTING SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES
E-3.0 FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING, LTG. FIXT. SCHED., AND SPECIFIC NOTES
E-3.1 FLOOR PLAN - POWER, AND SPECIFIC NOTES
E-3.2 ROOF/HVAC PLAN AND SPECIFIC NOTES
E-4.0 INDOOR LIGHTING COMPLIANCE TITLE 24 FORMS
P-1.0 PLUMBING NOTES, LEGEND SCHEDULES
P-2.0 PLUMBING WASTE & VENT FLOOR PLAN
P-3.0 PLUMBING WATER SUPPLY FLOOR PLAN
P-4.0 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM
P-5.0 PLUMBING DETAILS
P-6.0 PLUMBING ENERGY FORMS
ARCHITECTURAL SYMBOLS
SCOPE OF WORK:
NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
• NEW DENTAL OFFICE
• CHANGE OF USE FROM RETAIL & RESTAURANT USE TO MEDICAL
OFFICE
• TENANT IMPROVEMENT CONSISTING OF THE CONSTRUCTION OF NEW
INT. PARTITION WALLS, DOORS, POWER, PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL
SYSTEM DISTRIBUTION.
• REMOVE EXISTING MAN DOOR NEAREST TO EDINGER AVE. AT
NORTHWEST ELEVATION (PER PLANNIG APPROVAL)
• NO EXTERIOR MODIFICATION PROPOSED ONLY INTERIOR TI.
22.112.070 - REQUIRED PARKING SPACES PER TABLE 22.112.070-A
PARKING ANALYSIS
PROJECT DIRECTORY
PROPERTY OWNER
ANAHEIM LINCOLN PARTNERS, LLC
AARON KIN
336 N ALTA VISTA BLVD
LOS ANGELES, CA 90036
CELL: 213 447-4177
ARCHITECT
369 ARCHITECTS INC.
MARC ABDELSAYED
50 DE LACEY AVE. STE 210
PASADENA CA 91105
CELL: 310-625-2836
Email: m.abdelsayed@369architects.com
APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES:
- 2022 CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (CBC)
- 2022 CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (CEC)
- 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (CMC)
- 2022 CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (CPC)
- 2022 CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE (CENC)
-SANTA ANA MUNICIPAL CODE
RETAIL 1 PER 250
DENTAL OFFICE 1 PER 250
EXISTING PARKING ANALYSIS
USE AREA (SF)PARKING
RATIO
REQUIRED
PARKING
PROVIDED
PARKING
DENTAL
OFFICE
3,348 SF 1 / 250 13 13
TOTAL 82,560 SF 329 330
REQ'D SUBMITTALS & INSPECTIONS
SEPARATE & DEFERRED PERMITS REQ.
FIRE DEPARTMENT:
1. A PRE-FINAL INSPECTION REQUIRED TO VERIFY EMERGENCY LIGHTING AND FIRE
EXTINGUISHER PLACEMENT. ADDITIONAL EXIT SIGNS MAY BE REQUIRED
2. AN AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM SYSTEM CONFORMING TO NFPA 72 THAT ACTIVATES
LISTED NOTIFICATION DEVICES (HORN/STROBE) UPON ACTIVATION OF THE FIRE
SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS REQUIRED UNDER SEPARATE PLANS AND PERMIT
BUILDING & SAFETY DIVISION:
1. A SEPARATE APPLICATION AND PERMITS ARE REQUIRED FOR SIGNS AND STORAGE
RACKS. NON-FIXEDAND MOVABLE FIXTURES, CASES, RACKS, COUNTER AND PARTITION
NOT OVER 5'-9" IN HEIGHT IS EXEMPT FROM PERMIT REQUIREMENTS OF THE CODE BUT
SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO GRANT AUTHORIZATION FOR ANY WORK TO BE DONE IN ANY
MANNER IN VIOLATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE OR ANY OTHER LAWS OR
ORDINANCES.
2. SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE APPROVED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO INSTALLATION,
PLANS FOR MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE
SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE PROTECTIONS DISTRICT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION OR WORK BEING STARTED.
3. THE PROJECT CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TO
MAINTAIN BUILDING SAFEGUARDS, EXITS AND FIRE PROTECTION DEVICES. PROTECT
ADJACENT PROPERTIES, WORKERS, PEDESTRIANS, AND OTHER PERSONS DURING
EXCAVATION AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
4. PROJECT MUST COMPLY WITH THE CITY'S CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS WASTE REDUCTION
AND RECYCLING REQUIREMENTS. A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN
SHOWING A MINIMUM WASTE REDUCTION OF 65%, MUST BE SUBMITTED AND APPROVED
PRIOR TO PERMIT ISSUANCE
1. THE PERMIT APPLICATION MUST BE SIGNED BY THE PROPERTY OWNER, OR
LICENSED CONTRACTOR, OR AUTHORIZED AGENT AT THE TIME THE PERMIT IS TO BE
ISSUED.
a. FOR OWNER-BUILDER PERMITS: OWNER’S SIGNATURE CAN BE VERIFIED WITH
OWNER’S DRIVER LICENSE. OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVES MUST PRESENT OWNER’S
APPROVAL WITH A NOTARIZED LETTER FROM THE OWNER.
b. FOR CONTRACTOR BUILDING PERMITS: PRIOR TO THE ISSUANCEOF A BUILDING
PERMIT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE
FOLLOWING:
i) NOTARIZED LETTER OF AUTHORIZATION FOR AGENTS.
ii) CERTIFICATE OF WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE MADE OUT TO THE
CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE BOARD
III) COPY OF CONTRACTORS STATE LICENSE OR POCKET ID.
iv) COPY OF CITY OF LOS ANGELES BUSINESS TAX REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE
OR A NEWLY PAID RECEIPT FOR ONE.
2. OBTAIN ALL CLEARANCES AS NOTES ON THE ATTACHED CLEARANCE SUMMARY
WORKSHEET.
3. THE FINAL SET OF PLANS MUST BE STAMPED BY THE CITY BUILDING DEPT,
DISABLED ACCESS DIVISION, ZONING & GREEN DIVISION.
1414 W Edinger Ave
SITE
TENANT
CANAM DENTAL
NIGAM BOPANNA
C/O KOS SERVICES LLC
350 N CLARK ST. SUITE 600
CHICAGO, IL 60657
CELL: 848-455-0030
Email: nbopanna@kosservices.com
RETAIL 79,212 SF 1 / 250 316 317
T-24 ENERGY CALCS. BY:
MARS ENGINEERING GROUP, INC.
MAJID AMIRI
22715 VICTORY BLVD.
WEST HILLS, CA 91307
TEL: 818-593-8999
Email: majid@marsengineering.net
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING
MARS ENGINEERING GROUP, INC.
MAJID AMIRI
22715 VICTORY BLVD.
WEST HILLS, CA 91307
TEL: 818-593-8999
Email: majid@marsengineering.net
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
2
Bldg #101121037
Elect #20184135
Plumb #30147841
Mech #40139567
APPROVALS:
PLNG - F. Arias
BLDG - W. Lee
POLICE - B. Martin
PUBLIC WORK - Y. Soto
ELECT - M. Smith
PLUMB/MECH - T. Luka
SCOPE OF WORK
ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL
PARKING STRIPING
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION, NOT IN CONTRACT
PL= 486.28'
PL
=
5
9
9
.
3
6
'
PL= 438.48'
PL
=
3
4
8
.
3
4
'
PL= 50.96'
PL
=
2
5
1
'
(E)
RETAIL
5,311 SF
(E) RETAIL
16,618 SF
(E) RETAIL
57,283 SF
DENTAL
OFFICE
3,330 SF
W EDINGER AVE
81' - 3 1/8"55' - 10 1/2"
60
'
-
1
3
/
4
"
351' - 1 3/4"
1
12
26 84
55
54
85 143 144 201 202 261
113
114
172 173
231 232
262285
286298
106
TYP.
9' - 0"
18
'
-
0
"
TYP.
18' - 0"
TYP.
18' - 0"
18' - 0"
9'
-
0
"
101
102
103
104
107
105
108
109
110
299
318
319
330
13
25
---
-
G-03
SHEET
112 112 111
113
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
8
P
M
SITE PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
GENERAL NOTES:
101 SCOPE OF WORK
102 (E) TENANT ENTRY/EXIT DOOR
103 (E) TENANT EXTERIOR DOOR TO REMAIN
104 (E) SIDEWALK TO REMAIN
105 (E) PARKING STALLS TO REMAIN, TYP. NO MODIFICATIONS REQ'D
106 (E) 9' x 18' ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL AND LOADING /
UNLOADING ACCESS AISLE SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:48 SLOPE IN
ANY DIRECTION
107 (E) VAN ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL. THE SPACE SHALL HAVE AN
ADDITIONAL SIGN OR LANGUAGE BELOW THE SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY STATING "VAN ACCESSIBLE", "MINIMUM FINE $250"
108 AFFIX AN INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL AT ALL
ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES. THE SIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC
SECTIONS 11B 703.2, 11B 703.3, 11B 703.4, 11B 703.5 & 11B 703.7.
THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF
THE SINGLE DOOR 60" AFF
109 THE LEVEL AREA (2% MAXIMUM SLOPE IN ANY DIRECTION) FOR
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT DOORS SHALL HAVE A LENGTH
IN THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF AT LEAST 60" AND THE
LENGTH. OPPOSITE,THE DIRECTION OF DOOR SWING OF 48" AS
MEASURED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE PLANE OF THE DOOR IN
ITS CLOSED POSITION.
110 (E) CURB CUT RAMP, RAMP SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.33% IN THE
DIRECTION OF TRAVELAND MAXIMUM 2% CROSS SLOPE, PER
DETAIL 2/G-04
111 (E) CURB TO REMAIN
112 (E) DRIVEWAY APPROACH TO REMAIN
113 (E) ROOF ACCESS
LEGEND:
1. WHEN ALTERATIONS OR ADDITIONS ARE MADE TO EXISTING BUILDINGS OR FACILITIES,
AN ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL TO THE SPECIFIC AREA OF ALTERATION OR ADDITION
SHALL BE PROVIDED UNLESS OTHERWISE EXEMPT.
2. PRIMARY ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL INCLUDE A PRIMARY ENTRANCE TO THE
BUILDING OR FACILITY; TOILET AND BATHING FACILITIES SERVING THE AREA; DRINKING
FOUNTAINS SERVING THE AREA; PUBLIC TELEPHONES SERVING THE AREA,
AND SIGNS.
3. WALKS THAT CROSS OR ADJOIN A ROUTE PROVIDED FOR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, SUCH AS
IN A STREET, DRIVEWAY, OR PARKING FACILITY, SHALL BE SEPARATED BY DETECTABLE
WARNINGS, CURBS, RAILINGS OR OTHER ELEMENTS BETWEEN THE
PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND VEHICULAR AREAS.
4. DETECTABLE WARNINGS PROVIDED TO SEPARATE WALKS THAT CROSS OR ADJOIN A
ROUTE PROVIDED FOR VEHICULAR TRAFFIC, SUCH AS IN A STREET, DRIVEWAY, OR
PARKING FACILITY, SHALL BE 36 INCHES IN WIDTH AND CONTINUOUS AT THE BOUNDARY
BETWEEN THE PEDESTRIAN AREAS AND VEHICULAR AREAS.
5. PROVIDE DETECTABLE WARNING DETAILS SHOWING COMPLIANCE WITH THE
FOLLOWING:
a.DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES AT TRANSIT BOARDING PLATFORM EDGES,
BUS STOPS, HAZARDOUS VEHICULARAREAS, REFLECTING POOLS, AND TRACK
CROSSINGS SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 11B-705.1.1.3.1.
b.DETECTABLE WARNINGS AT OTHER LOCATIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH EITHER
SECTION 11B-705.1.1.3.1 OR SECTION 11B-705.1.1.3.2. THE MATERIAL USED TO
PROVIDE VISUAL CONTRAST SHALL BE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE SURFACE.
6. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL BE YELLOW AND APPROXIMATE FS 33538 OF
FEDERAL STANDARD 595C.
7. DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL PROVIDE A 70 PERCENT MINIMUM VISUAL
CONTRAST WITH ADJACENT WALKING SURFACES. CONTRAST IN PERCENT SHALL BE
DETERMINED BY:CONTRAST PERCENT = [(B1-B2)/B1] X 100 WHERE B1 = LIGHT
REFLECTANCE VALUE (LRV) OF THE LIGHTER AREA AND B2 = LIGHT REFLECTANCE VALUE
(LRV) OF THE DARKER AREA §11B-705.1.1.3.2 (SEE EXCEPTION)
8. ENTRANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH 11B-206.4 ENTRANCES.
ENTRANCE DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES SHALL COMPLY WITH 11B-404 DOORS,
DOORWAYS, AND GATES AND SHALL BE ON AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE COMPLYING WITH
11B-402 ACCESSIBLE ROUTES; (SEE EXCEPTIONS).
9. ALL ENTRANCES AND EXTERIOR GROUND-FLOOR EXITS TO BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES
SHALL COMPLY WITH 11B-404 DOORS, DOORWAYS, AND GATES. §11B-206.4.1
10. ACCESSIBLE ROUTES SHALL CONSIST OF ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING
COMPONENTS: WALKING SURFACES WITH A RUNNING SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:20
(5%), DOORWAYS, RAMPS, CURB RAMPS EXCLUDING THE FLARED SIDES, ELEVATORS, AND
PLATFORM LIFTS. §11B-402.2
11. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE MARKED WITH A BLUE PAINTED BORDERLINE AROUND THEIR
PERIMETER. THE AREA WITHIN THE BLUE BORDERLINES SHALL BE MARKED WITH
HATCHED LINES A MAXIMUM OF 36 INCHES ON CENTER IN A COLOR CONTRASTING WITH
THAT OF THE AISLE SURFACE, PREFERABLY BLUE OR WHITE. THE WORDS "NO PARKING"
SHALL BE PAINTED ON THE SURFACE WITHIN EACH ACCESS AISLE IN WHITE LETTERS A
MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES IN HEIGHT AND LOCATED TO BE VISIBLE FROM THE ADJACENT
VEHICULAR WAY. ACCESS AISLE MARKINGS MAY EXTEND BEYOND THE MINIMUM
REQUIRED §11B-502.3.3, FIGURE 11B-502.3.3
12. ACCESS AISLES SHALL NOT OVERLAP THE VEHICULAR WAY. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE
PERMITTED TO BE PLACED ON EITHER SIDE OF THE PARKING SPACE EXCEPT FOR VAN
PARKING SPACES WHICH SHALL HAVE ACCESS AISLES LOCATED ON THE PASSENGER
SIDE OF THE PARKING SPACES. §11B-502.3.4
13. CLEARLY SHOW MINIMUM VERTICAL CLEARANCE OF 8 FEET 2 INCHES AT ACCESSIBLE
PARKING SPACES AND ALONG AT LEAST ONE VEHICLE ACCESS ROUTE TO SUCH SPACES
FROM SITE ENTRANCES AND EXITS. §11B-502.5
14. THE RUNNING SLOPE OF WALKING SURFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:20(5%).
THE CROSS SLOPE OF WALKING URFACES SHALL NOT BE STEEPER THAN 1:48 (2.083%)
11B-403.3
15. THE DOOR LANDING SHALL NOT BE BLOCKED BY PARKED CARS. CBC 1010.1.4-1010.1.6.
16. THE EXIT DISCHARGE SHALL PROVIDE A DIRECT AND UNOBSTRUCTED ACCESS TO A
PUBLIC WAY. CBC 1028.
KEYNOTES:
1" = 30'-0"1 SITE PLAN
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
MEANS OF EGRESS LEGEND
EXITING PATH OF TRAVEL
EXIT SIGN
EXITING PATH OF TRAVEL
DIRECTIONAL SPLIT POINT & TRAVEL
DISTANCE
FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (FEC)
REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS. SEE DETAIL 10/G-07 FOR MORE SPECS. EXIT
A
1
2
FEC
INTERIOR EXIT ROUTE SIGN. SEE DETAIL 10/G-07 FOR MORE SPECS.EXIT
ROUTE
EXIT
ILLUMIN.ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN. REFER TO NOTES ON SHEET G-08.
EGRESS PLAN CODE ANALYSIS
EGRESS PLAN TRAVEL DISTANCES
"A" TO "1" = 74' - 11"
"A" TO "2" = 68' - 1"
"B" TO "1" = 121' - 2"
"B" TO "2" = 65' - 8"
"C" TO "1" = 59' - 2"
"C" TO "2" = 28' - 8"
A. MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING - CBC 2022 SECTION 1005
OCCUPANT LOAD 97
DOORS: 2 DOOR WIDTH PROVIDED = 72"
B. NUMBER OF EXITS - CBC 2022 SECTION 1015
(2) EXITS REQUIRED FOR SPACES WITH OCCUPANT LOAD BELOW 501
NUMBER OF EXITS PROVIDED = 2
C. SEPARATION OF EXITS - CBC 2022 SECTION 1017.1.1
EXITS MUST BE SEPARATED BY AT LEAST 1/2 OVERALL DIAGONAL DISTANCE IN THE SPACE
78' - 0" /2 = 39' - 0"
1/2 DIAGONAL = 39' - 0"
56' - 8" > 39' - 0"
D. TRAVEL DISTANCE - CBC 2022 SECTION 1017.12
THE MOST REMOTE POINT IN THE SPACE IS 121' - 2" TO THE EXIT WHICH IS LESS THAN THE
MAXIMUM 200' - 0" PERMITTED IN A FULLY SPRINKLERED BUILDING
OFFICE/IT
122
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
EXAM ROOM
133
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
LAB
126
WAITING AREA
120
RECEPTION
125
CORRIDOR
137
TOILET
124
TOILET
123
PLAY AREA
121
78' DIAGONAL DISTANCE (39'-0" MIN DOOR SEPARATION 1/2)
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
+3
4
"
A
F
F
.
30"x42" MIN
CLR.
30"x42" MIN
CLR.
30"x42" MIN
CLR.
30"x42" MIN
CLR.
30
"
x
4
2
"
M
I
N
CL
R
.
30
"
x
4
2
"
M
I
N
CL
R
.
30
"
x
4
2
"
M
I
N
CL
R
.
30
"
x
4
2
"
M
I
N
CL
R
.
+34" AFF.
+4
2
"
A
F
F
.
+30" AFF. MIN
+30" AFF. MIN
+34" AFF.
+34" AFF.
DO
O
R
L
A
N
D
I
N
G
2
%
M
A
X
SL
O
P
E
60"
18
"
60
"
18"60"
60
"
18
"
60"
60"
18
"
60
"
18"
60"
18
"
27
"
60"
ADA
WHEELCHAIR
60"
DO
O
R
L
A
N
D
I
N
G
2
%
M
A
X
SL
O
P
E
48"
1
2
C
FEC
FE
C
FE
C
FEC
63
"
2%
SLOPE
18
"
18
"
18"
A
B
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
ROUTE
EXIT
ILLUMIN.
EXIT
ILLUMIN.
56'-8" DOOR SEPARATION
EXIT
ROUTE 2
1. EVERY ROOM OR SPACE WHICH IS USED FOR ASSEMBLY, CLASSROOM, DINING,
DRINKING OR SIMILAR PURPOSES HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE
SHALL HAVE THE OCCUPANT LOAD OF THE ROOM OR SPACE POSTED IN A
CONSPICUOUS PLACE, NEAR THE MAIN EXIT OR EXIT ACCESS DOORWAY FROM
THE ROOM OR SPACE, FOR THE INTENDED CONFIGURATIONS. POSTED SIGNS
SHALL BE OF AN APPROVED LEGIBLE PERMANENT DESIGN AND SHALL BE
MAINTAINED BY THE OWNER OR THE OWNER'S AUTHORIZED AGENT. CBC 1004.9
2. DOORS IN THE FULLY OPEN POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE A REQUIRED DIMENSION
BY MORE THAN 7 INCHES (178 MM). WHERE A LANDING SERVES AN OCCUPANT
LOAD OF 50 OR MORE, DOORS IN ANY POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE LANDING
TO LESS THAN ONE-HALF ITS REQUIRED WIDTH.CBC 1010.1.5
3. SIDE-HINGED SWINGING DOORS, PIVOTED DOORS AND BALANCED DOORS SHALL
SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL WHERE SERVING A ROOM OR AREA
CONTAINING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 50 OR MORE PERSONS OR A GROUP H
OCCUPANCY. CBC 1010.1.2.1
4. THE FORCES TO UNLATCH DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
WHERE DOOR HARDWARE OPERATES BY PUSH OR PULL, THE OPERATIONAL
FORCE TO UNLATCH THE DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 15 POUNDS (67 N).
WHERE DOOR HARDWARE OPERATES BY ROTATION, THE OPERATIONAL FORCE TO
UNLATCH THE DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 28 INCH-POUNDS (315 N-CM).
THE FORCE TO OPEN DOORS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:
FOR INTERIOR SWINGING EGRESS DOORS THAT ARE MANUALLY OPERATED,
OTHER THAN DOORS REQUIRED TO BE FIRE RATED, THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR
PULLING OPEN THE DOOR SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 POUNDS (22 N).
FOR OTHER SWINGING DOORS, SLIDING DOORS OR FOLDING DOORS, AND DOORS
REQUIRED TO BE FIRE RATED, THE DOOR SHALL REQUIRE NOT MORE THAN A 30-
POUND (133 N) FORCE TO BE SET IN MOTION AND SHALL MOVE TO A FULL-OPEN
POSITION WHEN SUBJECTED TO NOT MORE THAN A 15-POUND (67 N) FORCE.CBC
1010.1.3
5. IN BUILDINGS IN OCCUPANCY GROUP A HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 300 OR
LESS, GROUPS B, F, M AND S, AND IN PLACES OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, THE MAIN
DOOR OR DOORS ARE PERMITTED TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY-OPERATED
LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDED:
-THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED.
-A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON THE EGRESS SIDE ON OR
ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHEN THIS
SPACE IS OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25 MM) HIGH ON A
CONTRASTING BACKGROUND.
-THE USE OF THE KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE
BUILDING OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE.CBC 1010.2.4.
6. PROVIDE A TACTILE SIGN AT ALL REQUIRED EXIT DOORS. SEE SHEET G-08 FOR
MORE INFORMATION OF SIGNS.
7. THE REQUIRED CAPACITY OF EXIT PASSAGEWAYS SHALL BE DETERMINED AS
SPECIFIED IN SECTION 1005.1 BUT THE MINIMUM WIDTH SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN
44 INCHES (1118 MM), EXCEPT THAT EXIT PASSAGEWAYS SERVING AN OCCUPANT
LOAD OF LESS THAN 50 SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES (914 MM) IN WIDTH.
THE MINIMUM WIDTH OR REQUIRED CAPACITY OF EXIT PASSAGEWAYS SHALL BE
UNOBSTRUCTED. CBC 1024.2
8. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED. SEE SHEET G-08
FOR MORE INFORMATION OF THE SIGNS.
9. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES. CODE 1013.5 . SEE SHEET G-08
FOR MORE INFORMATION.
10. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM THAT WILL
PROVIDE AN ILLUMINATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MIN. IN CASE OF PRIMARY
POWER LOSS. CBC 1013.6.3
EGRESS PLAN NOTES
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
9
P
M
EGRESS PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
AREA / OCCUPANCY ANALYSIS
ROO
M #ROOM NAME AREA LOAD OCC. #
122 OFFICE/IT 106 SF 150 1
136 EXAM ROOM 163 SF 150 2
135 EXAM ROOM 121 SF 150 1
134 EXAM ROOM 121 SF 150 1
132 LOUNGE 125 SF 15 9
131 UTILITY 53 SF 150 1
125 RECEPTION 226 SF 150 2
120 WAITING AREA 604 SF 15 41
121 PLAY AREA 375 SF 15 25
123 TOILET 53 SF 150 1
124 TOILET 53 SF 150 1
137 CORRIDOR 140 SF 150 1
133 EXAM ROOM 121 SF 150 1
126 LAB 130 SF 150 1
138 COATS 6 SF 150 1
130 EXAM ROOM 176 SF 150 2
129 EXAM ROOM 169 SF 150 2
128 EXAM ROOM 168 SF 150 2
127 EXAM ROOM 164 SF 150 2
1/4" = 1'-0"1 EGRESS PLAN
3074 SF 97
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
DEMOLITION PLAN LEGEND
EXISTING PARTITION TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING PARTITION TO REMAIN
ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING DOOR & FRAME TO BE DEMOLISHED
EXISTING DOOR & FRAME TO REMAIN
GYP. BOARD CEILING TO BE DEMOLISHED
1. DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ALL DEMOLITION SHEETS.
2. COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND PHASING EFFORTS WITH ARCHITECT AND
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVES. EVERY EFFORT SHALL BE MADE TO MINIMIZE
DISRUPTION OF OWNER'S OPERATIONS AND TO PROVIDE BUILDING USER'S
SAFETY. EXCESSIVE NOISE OR VIBRATION SHALL BE PRE-APPROVED AND
COORDINATED WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND LANDLORD.
3. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND ELEVATIONS AND NOTIFY
ARCHITECT OF DISCREPANCIES.
4. VERIFY AND MAINTAIN LOCATION OF EXISTING POWER, COMMUNICATION AND
DATA CABLES TO PREVENT INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE.
5. COORDINATE DISRUPTION OF UTILITY SERVICES WITH OWNER, LANDLORD AND AS
SPECIFIED.
6. EXISTING MATERIALS SHALL NOT BE REUSED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE OR AS
AUTHORIZED BY ARCHITECT.
7. THE OWNER SHALL RESERVE THE RIGHT TO SALVAGE ANY MATERIALS.
8. PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR EXISTING BUILDING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FROM
DAMAGE DUE TO DEMOLITION OR CONSTRUCTION-RELATED INCIDENT
PERFORMED UNDER THIS CONTRACT.
9. REPAIR OR REPLACE ITEMS DAMAGED AS A RESULT OF DEMOLITION OR
CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH EXISTING FINISH AND /OR CONDITION.
10. CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION PARTITIONS WITHIN EXISTING BUILDING
WHICH OFFER A ONE-HOUR ENCLOSURE TO ISOLATE DEMOLITION AND
CONSTRUCTION WORK FROM GENERAL PUBLIC AND AS DEEMED NECESSARY BY
OWNER AND CODE OFFICIAL HAVING JURISDICTION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS
WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. MAINTAIN MEANS OF EGRESS THROUGHOUT THE
WORK.
11. MAINTAIN A SECURE, DUST-PROOF, WEATHER-TIGHT ENCLOSURE.
12. WHERE PLASTER/STUD WALLS ARE INDICATED TO BE REMOVED; PREPARE
ADJACENT WALLS TO RECEIVE NEW PATCH/FINISH BY SAWCUTTING ADJACENT
PLASTER FINISH A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES BEYOND DEMOLITION.
13. PATCH FLOOR, WALL AND CEILING PENETRATIONS RESULTING FROM REMOVAL OR
REROUTING OF NEW OR EXISTING PIPING, DUCTWORK, CONDUIT, ETC. AS
REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE SEPARATIONS. MATCH FINISH OF NEW OR EXISTING
ADJACENT SURFACES
14. CAP DISCONNECTED MECHANICAL PIPING LINES WITHIN WALL OR FLOOR. PATCH
AND FINISH AS REQUIRED TO MATCH NEW OR EXISTING ADJACENT SURFACES.
15. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR FURTHER
SEQUENCING AND SCOPE OF WORK.
16. SUITE HAS 2 EXISTING 200 AMP ELECTRICAL PANELS THAT CAN BE RELOCATED
FOR NEW LAYOUT.
17. ON ROOF WHERE EQUIPMENT IS SITTING THERE IS EQUIPMENT ABANDONED AND A
LOT OF DEBRIEF THAT NEED TO ME REMOVE AND HAUL AWAY, AND DO A POSSIBLE
ROOF REPAIR AFTER REMOVAL.
DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES
DEMOLITION PLAN KEYNOTES
ENRTY
ENRTY
W-2
W-2
W-4
W-1
202
202
203
201
201
204
204
ENRTY
202
205 206
207
207
204
209 209
210
W-1
210
A-3.02 8
12
13
WALL TYPES LEGEND
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• 3-5/8" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. & R-13 MIN.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS.
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 11'-0"
1i
1i
W-7
W-8
EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN1iW-1
1iW-9
EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL TO REMAIN, TYP.1iW-2
EXISTING INTERIOR FURR WALL TO REMAIN, TYP.1iW-4
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION LOW METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• 3-5/8" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING POST
@4'-0" O.C.
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 7'-0"
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION WET METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD.
• 6" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. & R-13 MIN.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS.
• 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 9'-0"
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
0
P
M
DEMO FLOOR PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1/4" = 1'-0"1 EXISTING / DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN
201 (E) EXTERIOR WALL W/STUCCO FINISH TO REMAIN. TYP.
202 (E) STOREFRONT GLASS SYSTEM TO REMAIN, TYP.
203 (E) STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR TO REMAIN, TYP.
204 (E) FULL HEIGHT INT. PARTITION WALL TO BE DEMOLISHED.
PREP AREA FOR (N) CONSTRUCTION, TYP.
205 (E) CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW W/ TENANT AND BUILDING
OWNER ON (E) ITEMS TO BE REUSED SUCH AS DOORS,
FRAMES, LIGHTING, SWITCHES, POWER RECEPTACLES,
AND PHONE/DATA JACKS, ETC.
206 (E) GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY IF ANY DEMOLISHED
WALLS OR COLUMN FURRING CONTAIN MECHANICAL OR
PLUMBING & ADVISE CLIENT & ARCHITECT.
207 (E) CEILING SYSTEM TO BE DEMOLISHED.
209 (E) REMOVE ALL TENANT SUPPLIED HVAC UNITS.
210 (E) DOOR AND FRAME TO BE DEMOLISHED.
No. Description Date
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
PLAY AREA
121
TOILET
123
TOILET
124
OFFICE/IT
122
CORRIDOR
137
EXAM ROOM
133
LAB
126
COATS
138
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
16' - 2"0' - 5"13' - 11 1/4"0' - 5"23' - 5 1/4"
6'
-
2
"
0'
-
5
"
10
'
-
1
1
3
/
4
"
0'
-
5
"
10
'
-
0
"
0'
-
5
"
10
'
-
0
"
0'
-
5
"
10
'
-
0
"
0'
-
5
"
10
'
-
0
"
8' - 6 1/2"0' - 5"10' - 4"0' - 5"21' - 2"0' - 5"10' - 4 1/2"
16
'
-
0
"
0'
-
5
"
26
'
-
4
3
/
4
"
0'
-
5
"
16
'
-
0
"
59
'
-
2
3
/
4
"
59
'
-
2
3
/
4
"
51' - 8"
TY
P
.
EQ
TY
P
.
EQ
3' - 4 1/2"
TYP.
4' - 2 1/2"
1' - 10"
TYP.
5' - 4"
1'
-
2
"
10
'
-
1
1
"
5'
-
1
0
3
/
4
"
4'
-
0
"
TYP.
2' - 2"
TYP.
5' - 4"
TY
P
.
4'
-
2
1
/
2
"
TY
P
.
3'
-
8
1
/
2
"
5'
-
4
"
2'
-
2
"
TYP.
3' - 8 1/2"
TYP.
4' - 2 1/2"
21' - 4"
15' - 0 3/4"14' - 0"3' - 3 1/4"
5'
-
7
"
11
'
-
0
"
1'
-
0
"
4'
-
0
"
15
'
-
8
"
7' - 0"4' - 0"
7'
-
7
"
8'
-
0
"
6' - 8"6' - 8"
11' - 0"1' - 0"4' - 6"5' - 0 1/2"
2'
-
9
"
3'
-
4
"
16
'
-
1
3
/
4
"
4'
-
7
"
16
'
-
5
"
11' - 7"
13' - 2"3' - 3 1/2"
A-3.02
2
3
A-3.018 7
A-3.01 14
13
A-3.01
11
12
9
10
A-3.02
1
A-3.01
3
65
4
A-3.011
A-3.01
2
2'
-
3
"
2' - 5
"
2'
-
0
"
2'
-
0
"
W-9
W-8
W-7
W-7
FEC
FE
C
FE
C
FEC
W-2
W-2
W-4
308
302
315 318
301
315
318
308
301
306
317319
303
316
314
305305
313 307
304309
311
310 312 1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
2
321
W-9
W-9
W-9
W-9
W-9
W-9 W-9
W-8 W-8
W-8
W-8
W-7
W-7
W-7
320
W-1
W-8
322
322
323
A-3.0115
W-7
W-7
G-07
12
G-07
12
A-3.02
6
7
4
5
DTL 8/G-06
DTL 8/G-06
48"30
"
2
WALL TYPES LEGEND
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• 3-5/8" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. & R-13 MIN.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS.
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 11'-0"
1i
1i
W-7
W-8
EXISTING STOREFRONT TO REMAIN1iW-1
1iW-9
EXISTING EXTERIOR CMU WALL TO REMAIN, TYP.1iW-2
EXISTING INTERIOR FURR WALL TO REMAIN, TYP.1iW-4
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION LOW METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• 3-5/8" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS. PROVIDE LATERAL BRACING POST
@4'-0" O.C.
• 5/8" GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 7'-0"
NEW INTERIOR PARTITION WET METAL STUD WALL:
• 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD.
• 6" MIN. 25 GA. METAL STUD @ 16" O.C. & R-13 MIN.
• SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INS.
• 5/8" MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP. BD.
• WALL HEIGHT: 9'-0"
1. CONSTRUCTION NOTES APPLY TO ALL SHEETS.
2. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE ACTUAL AND ARE TO FACE OF GYP BD CLAD METAL STUD
PARTITIONS OR CENTERLINE OF COLUMN, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
3. PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE AT FULL HEIGHT NONBEARING WALLS FOR 2-INCH
VERTICAL MOVEMENT OF BUILDING STRUCTURE WITHOUT TRANSFER OF
COMPRESSIVE LOADS TO WALL. FILL IRREGULARITIES BETWEEN TOP OF WALL AND
DECK ABOVE WITH FIRE SAFING INSULATION OR FIRE STOPPING MATERIALS AS
REQUIRED TO MEET FIRE RATING OF RESPECTIVE WALLS.
4. GYPSUM BOARD AND PLASTER SURFACES SHALL BE ISOLATED WITH CONTROL JOINTS
WERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND/OR AS DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS.
5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL 2" X 10" CONTINUOUS FIRE
RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING OR 10" WIDE METAL BACKING IN STEEL STUD
PARTITIONS FOR PROPER ANCHORAGE OF WALL ATTACHED ITEMS INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: GRAB BARS, CASEWORK, MILLWORK, TOILET
ACCESSORIES, TOILET PARTITIONS, WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES, MARKER BOARDS,
TACK BOARDS, DOOR STOPS, AUDIO VISUAL BRACKETS, ETC.
6. SEE SHEET CP1.2 FOR LOCATION OF FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED WALLS. WALLS OF FIRE-
RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR OR
ROOF DECK ABOVE.
7. SEAL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE-RESISTANCE-RATED CONSTRUCTION WITH
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP MATERIAL AS REQUIRED TO ACHIEVE RESPECTIVE
FIRE-RESISTIVE RATING AND SMOKE STOPPAGE.
8. FIRE-RATED ENCLOSURES AROUND STEEL COLUMNS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM
FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FLOOR OR ROOF DECK ABOVE FOR EACH LEVEL.
9. INCLUDE OWNER-FURNISHED AND INSTALLED ITEMS AND OWNER FURNISHED AND
CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEMS IN THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, AND COORDINATE
WITH OWNER TO ACCOMMODATE THESE ITEMS.
10. EVERY AISLE SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 36 INCHES WIDE IF SERVING ONLY ONE SIDE,
AND LESS THAN 44 INCHES WIDE IF SERVING BOTH SIDES.
11. THE SURFACE OF FLOORS SHALL BE SLIP RESISTANT. WHEN TESTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C1028B TEST PROCEDURE FOR COEFFICIENT OF FRICTION,
TILE MUST ACHIEVE A WET AND DRY VALUE OF NOT LESS THAN 0.60. PRIOR TO THE
INSTALLATION OF THE FLOOR COVERING. A WRITTEN STATEMENT FROM THE FLOORING
MANUFACTURER MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING DIVISION, COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT STATING THAT THE PRODUCT TO BE INSTALLED MEETS
CURRENT INDUSTRY STANDARDS FOR SLIP RESISTANCE
12. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR
SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. LOCKS AND LATCHES IN BUILDINGS IN OCCUPANCY
GROUP A HAVING AN OCCUPANT LOAD OF 300 OR LESS, GROUPS B, F, M, AND S, AND IN
PLACES OF RELIGIOUS WORSHIP, THE MAIN EXTERIOR DOOR OR DOORS ARE PERMITTED
TO BE EQUIPPED WITH KEY-OPERATED LOCKING DEVICES FROM THE EGRESS SIDE PROVIDE:
A. THE LOCKING DEVICE IS READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS LOCKED,
B. A READILY VISIBLE DURABLE SIGN IS POSTED ON EGRESS SIDE ON OR
ADJACENT TO THE DOOR STATING: THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED
WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED. THE SIGN SHALL BE IN LETTERS 1 INCH (25
MM) HIGH ON A CONTRASTING BACKGROUND
C. THE USE OF A KEY OPERATED DEVICE IS REVOCABLE BY THE BUILDING
OFFICIAL FOR DUE CAUSE. CBC 1008.1.9.3 & 1008.1.9.4
13. FIRE BLOCKING MUST BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 718.2 AT THE
FOLLOWING LOCATIONS:
a. IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING
FURRED SPACES, AT THE CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS.
b. IN CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING
FURRED SPACES, AT 10-FOOT INTERVALS ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE
WALL.
c. AT ALL INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED VERTICAL AND
HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS AND
COVE CEILINGS.
CONSTRUCTION PLAN NOTES
FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES
1. NEW PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FITTINGS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE MAXIMUM
ALLOWABLE FLOW RATES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 5.303.3.
2. WHEN A SHOWER IS SERVED BY MORE THAN ONE SHOWERHEAD, THE COMBINED
FLOW RATE OF ALL THE SHOWERHEADS AND/OR OTHER SHOWER OUTLETS
CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE VALVE SHALL NOT EXCEED 2.0 GALLONS PER MINUTE AT 80
PSI, OR THE SHOWER SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ONLY ALLOW ONE SHOWERHEAD TO BE IN
OPERATION AT A TIME.
3. CONSTRUCTION WASTE SHALL BE REDUCED BY 65% THRU A CITY OF LOS ANGELES
CERTIFIED HAULER
4. NON-RESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS SHALL REQUIRE VERIFICATION THAT
CALIFORNIA PROHIBITED UNIVERSAL WASTE MATERIALS ARE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY
AND DIVERTED FROM LANDFILLS. (5.408.2)
5. A FINAL REPORT FOR THE TESTING AND ADJUSTING OF ALL NEW SYSTEMS SHALL BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL APPROVAL BY THE FIELD INSPECTOR. THIS REPORT SHALL
BE SIGNED BY THE INDIVIDUAL RESPONSIBLE FOR PERFORMING THESE
SERVICES.(5.410.4.4)
6. AN OPERATION & SYSTEMS MANUAL, SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER OR
REPRESENTATIVE AND TO THE FIELD INSPECTOR AT THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION.
(5.410.4.5)
7. IF THE NEW HVAC SYSTEM IS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION, USE RETURN AIR FILTERS
WITH A MERV OF 8. REPLACE ALL FILTERS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
8. ALL DUCT AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE
COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, OR SHEET METAL UNTIL THE FINAL STARTUP OF THE
HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT.
9. ARCHITECTURAL PAINTS AND COATINGS, ADHESIVES, CAULKS AND SEALANTS SHALL
COMPLY WITH THE VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) LIMITS LISTED IN TABLES
5.504.4.1- 5.504.4.3.
10. THE VOC CONTENT VERIFICATION CHECKLIST, FORM GRN 2, SHALL BE COMPLETED
AND VERIFIED PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL. THE MANUFACTURER’S
SPECIFICATIONS SHOWING VOC CONTENT FOR ALL APPLICABLE PRODUCTS SHALL BE
READILY AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE AND BE PROVIDED TO THE FIELD INSPECTOR FOR
VERIFICATION.
11. ALL NEW CARPET INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE TESTING
AND PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS OF ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:
CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE’S GREEN LABEL PLUS PROGRAM
II. CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S SPECIFICATION 01350
III. NSF/ANSI 140 AT THE GOLD LEVEL OR HIGHER
IV. SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATIONS SYSTEMS SUSTAINABLE CHOICE V. COMPLIANT WITH THE
COLLABORATIVE FOR HIGH PERFORMANCE SCHOOLS CALIFORNIA (CA-CHPS) CRITERIA
INTERPRETATION FOR EQ 7.0 AND 7.1 AND PC/GRN/CORR.LST.01 (REV. 2/2/2017)
WWW.LADBS.ORG PAGE 5 OF 7 LISTED IN THE CHPS HIGH PERFORMANCE PRODUCT
DATABASE. (5.504.4.4)
12. ALL NEW CARPET CUSHION INSTALLED IN THE BUILDING INTERIOR SHALL MEET THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THE CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE GREEN LABEL PROGRAM.
(5.504.4.4.1)
13. NEW HARDWOOD PLYWOOD, PARTICLE BOARD, AND MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD
COMPOSITE WOOD PRODUCTS USED IN THE INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING
SHALL MEET THE FORMALDEHYDE LIMITS LISTED IN TABLE 5.504.4.5. (5.504.4.5)
14. THE FORMALDEHYDE EMISSIONS VERIFICATION CHECKLIST, FORM GRN 3, SHALL BE
COMPLETED PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION APPROVAL. THE MANUFACTURER’S
SPECIFICATIONS SHOWING FORMALDEHYDE CONTENT FOR ALL APPLICABLE WOOD
PRODUCTS SHALL BE READILY AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SITE AND BE PROVIDED TO THE
FIELD INSPECTOR FOR VERIFICATION.” (5.504.4.5)
15. 80% OF THE TOTAL AREA RECEIVING RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE
OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING:
CERTIFIED AS A CHPS LOW-EMITTING MATERIAL IN THE CHPS HIGH PERFORMANCE
PRODUCTS DATABASE
II. CERTIFIED UNDER UL GREENGUARD GOLD
III. CERTIFIED UNDER THE RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE (RFCI) FLOORSCORE
PROGRAM IV. MEET THE CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH’S SPECIFICATION
01350 (5.504.4.6)
16. AN AIR FILTER WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 8 OR
HIGHER SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE AND RETURN
AIR PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY. (5.504.5.3)
17. MECHANICALLY VENTILATED BUILDINGS WITHIN 1,000 FEET OF A FREEWAY SHALL
PROVIDE REGULARLY OCCUPIED AREAS OF THE BUILDING WITH A MERV 13 FILTER FOR
OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR. FILTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY AND
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MAINTENANCE WITH FILTERS OF THE SAME VALUE SHALL BE
INCLUDED IN THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL. (5.504.5.3)
18. ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO A BUILDING OR TENANT SPACE THAT MEET THE
SCOPING PROVISIONS IN
SECTION 301.3 FOR NONRESIDENTIAL ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS, SHALL REQUIRE
VERIFICATION THAT UNIVERSAL WASTE ITEMS SUCH AS FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND
BALLAST AND MERCURY CONTAINING THERMOSTATS AS WELL AS OTHER CALIFORNIA
PROHIBITED UNIVERSAL WASTE MATERIALS ARE DISPOSED OF PROPERLY AND ARE
DIVERTED FROM LANDFILLS. UNIVERSAL WASTE MEANS ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
WASTES THAT ARE CONDITIONALLY EXEMPT FROM CLASSIFICATION AS HAZARDOUS
WASTES PURSUANT TO SECTION 66261.9: (A) BATTERIES AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION
66273.2; (B) THERMOSTATS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 66273.4; (C) LAMPS AS DESCRIBED
IN SECTION 66273.5; AND (D) CATHODE RAY TUBE MATERIALS AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION
66273.6. REFER TO CALIFORNIA UNIVERSAL WASTE RULE FINAL TEXT.
GREEN BUILDING NOTES
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
1
P
M
PROPOSED FLOOR
PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1/4" = 1'-0"1 PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION PLAN
301 (N) INT. METAL STUD WALL PER WALL LEGEND, TYP.
302 (N) INT. DOOR PER SCHEDULE. PROVIDE COAT HOOK ON BACK
OF DOOR OF ALL EXAMS, OFFICES, & RESTROOMS, TYP.
303 (N) 4'-0" TALL WINDOW. 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING IN ALUMINUM
FRAME. T/ FRAME TO MATCH INTERIOR DOOR FRAME HEIGHT.
FRAME COLOR TO MATCH EXISTING STOREFRONT.
304 (E) STOREFRONT ENTRY DOOR TO REMAIN CLOSED.
305 (N) SINGLE COMP. ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM W/ UNISEX
RESTROOM SIGNAGE.
306 SOLID HATCH DENOTES (N) MILLWORK AND/OR SOLID SURFACE
COUNTERTOP AT 34" A.F.F. MAXIMUM, TYP.
307 EQUIPMENT/FURNITURE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT.
308 (N) SEMI RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET (POTTER
ROEMER 7012-A FULL GLASS ). PAINT TO MATCH ADJ. WALL,
TYP.
309 ACCESSIBLE TRANSACTION COUNTER AREA @ 30" A.F.F. WITH
36" MIN. CLEAR AREA.
310 SOLID SURFACE COUNTER TOP WORK SURFACE AT 30" A.F.F.
311 SOLID SURFACE TRANSACTION COUNTER AT 42" A.F.F. WITH
PLASTIC LAMINATE WALL COVERING ON WAITING AREA SIDE OF
KNEE WALL.
312 UPPER CABINETS 30" TALL WALL CABINETS.
313 PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING FOR TV MOUNTING.
TVS AND MOUNTING BRACKETS FURNISHED BY TENANT AND
INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL
AND LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTORS.
314 PROVIDE 48"X96"X1/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD FOR NETWORK,
COMMUNICATION, AND A/V EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. SECURE
TO WALL AND PAINT TO MATCH OFFICE INTERIOR.
315 PROVIDE 52 1/2" WIDE X 50 1/2" HIGH ROUGH OPENING FOR
X-RAY CABINET @ 42"A.F.F. VERIFY X-RAY EQUIPMENT
ROUGH-IN AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS WITH
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER.
316 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP WITH BASE & WALL CABINETS.
COUNTERTOP @ 34" A.F.F. T/WALL CABINETS. (AT LAB).
317 SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP WITH BASE & WALL CABINETS.
COUNTERTOP @ 34" A.F.F. WALL CABINETS (AT BREAK ROOM).
318 DENTAL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. G.C. SHALL COORDINATE REQUIRED
ROUGH-IN AND FINAL CONNECTIONS WITH ALL TRADES.
319 ROD & SHELF FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. TOP OF
SHELF INSTALLED AT 48" A.F.F. PROVIDE FIRE TREATED WOOD
BLOCKING.
320 (N) REFILLABLE WATER JUG DISPENSER, PROVIDED BY TENANT.
321 VIDEO GAME CONSOLES FURNISHED BY TENANT AND
INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL CONNECTIONS
WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
322 WALL TO BE OPEN ON TOP WITH 2'-0" WALL ENDS
323 INFILL THIS AREA WITH MATERIAL TO MATCH EXISTING
CONSTRUCTION
STUD SIZE STUD GAUGE STUD GAUGE
12" OC. 16" OC. 24" OC.
15' 14' 12'252 1/2"
19' 16' 14'253 5/8"
25' 20 21'206"
RECOMMENDED MIN, SIZE
CHART FOR NON-LOAD BEARING
COMPOSITION STEEL STUD
WALLS (2 LAYERS 5/8" THICK
GYP. BD.)
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
REFLECED CEILING PLAN LEGEND
CEILING TYPES
LIGHT FIXTURE TYPES
HIGH EFFICIENCY RECESSED DOWNLIGHT
CEILING DEVICES
DESIGNATES EXISTING TO REMAIN
DESIGNATES NEW
(E)
(N)
EXHAUST FAN PER MECHANICAL PLANS
1. REFLECTED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEETS.
2. CEILING HEIGHTS ARE AS NOTED ON THE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN UNLESS NOTED
OTHERWISE.
3. ALL DIMENSIONS ON REFLECTED CEILING PLANS ARE ACTUAL AND ARE TO THE FACE OF
WALL FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
4. CEILING HEIGHTS ARE OFF OF FLOOR ELEVATION, NOT FINISH FLOOR.
5. THE PATH OF EXIT TRAVEL TO AND WITHIN EXITS IN THIS BUILDING SHALL BE DENTIFIED BY EXIT
SIGNS CONFORMING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 1011 AND AS NOTED BELOW
(1011.1)
A. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE READILY VISIBLE FROM ANY DIRECTION OF APPROACH
B. EXITS SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED AS NECESSARY TO CLEARLY INDICATE THE
DIRECTION...
6. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE INTERNALLY OR EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED. INTERNALLY
ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED AND SHALL BE INSTALLED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SECTION 2702.
EXTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GRAPHICS AND POWER
SOURCE REQUIREMENTS IN SECTIONS 1011.5.1 AND 1011.6, RESPECTIVELY. WHEN THE
FACE OF AN EXIT SIGN IS ILLUMINATED FROM AN EXTERNAL SOURCE, IT SHALL HAVE AN
INTENSITY OF NOT LESS THAN 5-FOOT-CANDLES ( 54 LUX). (1011.6.2, 1016.3)
7. 3. ANY TIME A BUILDING OR A PORTION OF A BUILDING IS OCCUPIED, THE MEANS OF
EGRESS SERVING THE OCCUPIED PORTION SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT AN INTENSITY OF
NOT LESS THAN 1-FOOT-CANDLE (11 LUX) AT THE WALKING SURFACE LEVEL.
8. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL BE PROVIDED BY
THE PREMISE'S ELECTRICAL SUPPLY. IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE,
ILLUMINATION SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDED FROM AN EMERGENCY SYSTEM
FOR THE FOLLOWING AREAS:
A. AISLES AND UNENCLOSED EGRESS STAIRWAYS IN ROOMS AND SPACES THAT
REQUIRED TWO OR MORE MEANS OF EGRESS.
B. CORRIDORS, EXIT ENCLOSURES, AND EXIT PASSAGEWAYS IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED
TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS.
C. EXTERIOR EGRESS COMPONENTS AT OTHER THAN THE LEVEL OF EXIT DISCHARGE
UNTIL EXIT DISCHARGE IS ACCOMPLISH FOR BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR
MORE EXITS.
D. INTERIOR EXIT DISCHARGE ELEMENTS, AS PERMITTED IN SECTION 1022, IN BUILDINGS
REQUIRED TO HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS.
E. EXTERIOR LANDINGS FOR EXIT DISCHARGE DOORWAYS IN BUILDINGS REQUIRED TO
HAVE TWO OR MORE EXITS.
GWB, GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
ACT-1
8' -6"
CEILING TYPE AND HEIGHT
ACT-1: 2' X 4' X 5/8" LAY-IN ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE SYSTEM
NOTES: ARMSTRONG
OPEN CEILING TO DECK
RECESSED LED DOWNLIGHT
RECESSED 2X4 LED DIRECT/INDIRECT FIXTURE
PENDANT CYLINDER FIXTURE
REFLECED CEILING PLAN GENERAL NOTES
EXIT SIGN W/ BATTERY BACK-UP
EMERGENCY LIGHT 90 MIN. BAT. BACK UP
REFLECED CEILING PLAN KEYNOTES
OFFICE/IT
122
PLAY AREA
121
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
EXAM ROOM
133
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
WAITING AREA
120
RECEPTION
125
CORRIDOR
137
LAB
126
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
COATS
138
TOILET
124
TOILET
123
JJJJ
J
J
J
J L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1 L-1L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1L-1L-1L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1
L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-2 L-2
L-2
40"
48
"
24
"
20"40"20"
24
"
48
"
8' - 0"
10' - 0"
8' - 0"
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
405
403
404
402
409
409 409
406
407
407
401 401
410 412 413
408 411
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
2
P
M
PROPOSED REFLECTED
CEILING PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1/4" = 1'-0"1 PROPOSED REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
401 (N) GYP. BD. CEILING PER FINISH SCHEDULE, TYP.
402 (N) 2 x 4 SUSPENDED CEILING GRID & CEILING TILES, TYP.
403 (N) LIGHT FIXTURE PER LIGHT FIXTURE LEGEND, TYP.
404 (N) EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN W/ DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AND
BATTERY BACK-UP.
405 (N) EMERGENCY EXIT LIGHTING W/ BATTERY BACK-UP.
406 (N) J-BOX FOR OVERHEAD EXAM ROOM LIGHT VERIFY LOCATION
REQ'D. WITH MANUFACTURE'S SPECIFICATIONS, TYP.
407 3-WAY SWITCH TO TV AREA.
408 PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSORS WITH OUTO-OFF FEATURE, TYP.
409 EXHAUST PER MECHANICAL PLANS, TYP.
410 PROVIDE (N) CONCEALED FIRE SPRINKLERS W/ CAP TO MATCH
CEILING. PLANS FOR MODIFICATIONS TO FIRE PROTECTION
SYSTEMS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE FIRE PROTECTION
DISTRICT UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL
PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OR WORK BEING STARTED.
411 PROVIDE (2) ROWS OF SOUND ATTENUATION BATT INSULATION
ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILING @ PERIMETER OF ALL EXAM ROOMS
& OFFICES TO REDUCE NOISE TRANSFER BETWEEN ROOMS, TYP.
412 G.C. TO PROVIDE CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE THROUGHOUT
413 N-LIGHT LIGHTING CONTROLS PER ELECTRICAL PLANS
No. Description Date
POWER/DATA PLAN LEGEND
POWER
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
DUPLEX RECEPTACLE
QUAD. RECEPTACLE
JUNCTION BOX
DATA
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
TELEPHONE & DATA OUTLET
DATA OUTLET
RECEPTABLE WITH GFCI @ 42" A.F.F. (U.O.N.)
1. ALL WORK TO BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST REQUIREMENTS OF THE
CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE 9CEC0 AND ALL OTHER APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES
AND REGULATIONS INCLUDING OSHA.
2. PROVIDE AND INSTALL NEW BUILDING STANDARD TELEPHONE & ELECTRICAL
OUTLETS AS NOTED ON PLAN.
3. POWER & DATA SHOWN ON PLAN FOR LOCATION ONLY. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
4. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND WALL DEVICES FOR ALL AV, IT & SECURITY
INFRASTRUCTURE.
5. NO CORING SHALL BE DONE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTIFICATION AND COORDINATION
WITH THE OFFICE OF THE BUILDING. NO CORING THROUGH STRUCTURAL BEAMS AND
DUCTS.
6. COORDINATE WITH ALL OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS AS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION
OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND KEYLESS ENTRIES AS
REQUIRED AND WHERE OCCURS.
7. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS WITHIN 5'-0" OF A WATER SOURCE SHALL BE G.F.I.
8. ALL ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AT COLUMNS TO BE EXTENDED TO FACE OF OF NEW
FURRED WALL.
9. ALL WALL OUTLETS & COVER PLATES TO HAVE WHITE FINISH.
10. ALL FLOOR CORE OUTLETS TO BE STAINLESS STEEL FINISH.
11. ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED TO COMPLY WITH THEIR SPECIFIC
MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS.
12. IF ANY OUTLETS CANNOT BE INSTALLED AS NOTED OR AS SHOWN ON PLANS DUE TO
CONFLECT WITH STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL BUILDING ELEMENTS,
CLARIFY WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING.
13. SEE AV DRAWINGS FOR AV, TELECOM & SECURITY CONDUIT SIZING AND RUN
LOCATIONS.
14. LIGHTING FIXTURES ARE TO BE LOCATED AS REQUIRED ON THE JOB TO CLEAR
DUCTS,PIPING AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.
15. CONDUIT RUNS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC. ACTUAL FIELD
CONDITIONS PREVAIL.
16. EXPOSED CONDUITS TO BE RUN PARALLEL OR PERPINDICULAR TO WALLS, CEILINGS
AND FLOORS.
17. TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY
MECHANICAL TRADES. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. THIS
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE 12OV POWER WHERE REQUIRED.
18. LOCATIONS AND QUANTITY OF EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTS IS
APPROXIMATE. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION(S) AND QUANTITY WITH
LOCAL AUTHORITIES AND MAKE CORRECTIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE
OWNER.
POWER/DATA GENERAL NOTES
LOW VOLTAGE GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL LOW VOLTAGE ROUGH-IN WORK (CONDUIT, BOXES, MUD RINGS, ETC. BY
ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
2. ALL LOW VOLTAGE CONDUITS SHALL BE 3/4" P.V.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
3. ALL BOX HEIGHTS ARE 18" A.F.F. TO CENTER UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
4. ALL DATA AND TELEPHONE WIRING SHALL BE CAT5E OR CAT6 PLENUM RATED.
5. ALL SPEAKER WIRING SHALL BE 18/2 U.L.RATED FOR IN WALL USE.
6. ALL CABLE/SATELITE TV WIRING SHALL BE RG-6 U.L. RATED FOR IN WALL USE.
7. PULL 18" OF WIRE LENGTH THROUGH EACH J-BOX UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
8. PROPERLY MARK WIRES AT EACH END WITH A PORT NUMBER AND ROOM LOCATION.
KEEP RECORD OF DESIGNATED PORT NUMBERS AND SUBMIT TO TENANT TO KEEP
FOR THEIR RECORDS.
9. VERIFY ALL REQUIREMENTS FOR IN WALL AND THROUGH CEILING WIRING WITH
LOCAL CODES AND AMMENDMENTS
10. ALL TERMINATIONS AND CONNECTIONS BY OTHERS.
11. EXCERSISE PROPER CARE WHEN PULLING AND SECURING WIRES TO ENSURE NO
KINKS OR BREAKS OCCUR.
12. ALL WIRING SHALL BE HOMERUNS. NO DAISY CHAINING ALLOWED
CEILING MOUNTED RECEPTACLE
DUPLEX / QUADRUPLEX FLOOR MOUNTEED
RECEPTABLE
DATA OUTLET FLOOR MOUNTED
J
POWER / DATA PLAN KEYNOTES
+48"
+48" GFI
+48"
+48" GFI
+48"
+48" GFI
+48"
+48" GFI
+4
8
"
+4
8
"
G
F
I
+4
8
"
G
F
I
+4
8
"
+4
8
"
+4
8
"
G
F
I
+4
8
"
G
F
I
+4
8
"
+4
2
"
G
F
I
+4
2
"
G
F
I
TV
+4
2
"
G
F
I
+4
2
"
G
F
I
+4
2
"
G
F
I
+4
2
"
G
F
I
J J
J J
J J
J
J
J
J
V/A
+3
4
"
G
F
I
PLAY AREA
121
OFFICE/IT
122
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
EXAM ROOM
133
LOUNGE
132
CORRIDOR
137
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
TOILET
124
TOILET
123
LAB
126
UTILITY
131
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
501501
502
TYP.
501
501
503
502
503
TYP.
TYP.
TYP.
504
505 506
507
507
508
509
510 510
511
512
TYP.
512
TYP.
513
TYP.
513
TYP.
J
J
J
J
+3
4
"
G
F
I
J
J J J J
J
J
J
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
4
P
M
PROPOSED
POWER/DATA PLAN
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1/4" = 1'-0"1 PROPOSED POWER/DATA PLAN
501 PROVIDE MECHANICAL GROUND AT X-RAY EQUIPMENT.
502 PROVIDE TEMPER PROOF, HOSPITAL GRADE RECEPTACLES AT
ALL EXAM ROOMS.
503 VERIFY ALL ELECTRICAL REQ'D FOR DENTAL EQUIPMET WITH
SUPPLIER.
504 ALL RECEPTACLES IN LAB SHALL BE GFI & 42" AFF. ELEC. VERIFY
EQUIP. LAYOUT & REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.
505 ELECTRICAL & GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FINAL
LAYOUT OF PLAY AREA WITH TENANT.
506 PROVIDE TAMPER RESISTANT RECEPTACLES IN PLAY AREA,
OFFICES, CORRIDORS, WAITING ROOMS AND SIMILAR AREAS, IN
COMPLIANCE WITH CEC 406.12(5).
507 @ 12" BELOW FINISH CLG. FOR TV.
508 @ 18" BELOW FINISH CLG. FOR TV.
509 DATA/COMM HUB SHOWN IN THIS LOCATION. VERIFY FINAL
LOCATION WITH TENANT PRIOR TO ROUGH IN.
510 PROVIDE POWER FOR HAND DRYER, GFI BREAKER, VERIFY
LOCATION W/ MANUF. WORLD DRYER NOVA 1
511 PROVIDE REMOTE PANELS FOR AIR/VAC FURNISHED BY EQUIP.
SUPPLIER INSTALED BY ELEC. GC.
512 GROUNDING OF RECEPTACLES AND FIXED ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT IN PATIENT CARE AREAS. WIRING IN PATIENT CARE
AREAS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING:(A) ALL BRANCH
CIRCUITS SERVING PATIENT CARE AREAS SHALL BE PROVIDED
WITH AN EFFECTIVE GROUND-FAULT CURRENT PATH BY
INSTALLATION IN A METAL RACEWAY SYSTEM, OR A CABLE
HAVING A METALLIC ARMOR OR SHEATH ASSEMBLY. THE METAL
RACEWAY SYSTEM, OR METALLIC CABLE ARMOR, OR SHEATH
ASSEMBLY SHALL ITSELF QUALIFY AS AN EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CEC. (B)
THE GROUNDING TERMINALS OF ALL RECEPTACLES AND ALL
NON-CURRENT-CARRYING CONDUCTIVE SURFACES OF FIXED
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT LIKELY TO BECOME ENERGIZED THAT
ARE SUBJECT TO PERSONAL CONTACT, OPERATING AT OVER 100
VOLTS, SHALL BE CONNECTED TO AN INSULATED COPPER
EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR. THE EQUIPMENT
GROUNDING CONDUCTOR SHALL BE SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE CEC AND INSTALLED IN METAL RACEWAYS OR AS A PART OF
LISTED CABLES HAVING A METALLIC ARMOR OR SHEATH
ASSEMBLY WITH THE BRANCH-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS SUPPLYING
THESE RECEPTACLES OR FIXED EQUIPMENT. EXCEPTION NO. 1:
METAL FACEPLATES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE CONNECTED TO
THE EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR BY MEANS OF A
METAL MOUNTING SCREW(S) SECURING THE FACEPLATE TO A
GROUNDED OUTLET BOX OR GROUNDED WIRING DEVICE.
EXCEPTION NO. 2:LUMINAIRES MORE THAN 2.3 M (7 1/2 FT) ABOVE
THE FLOOR AND SWITCHES LOCATED OUTSIDE OF THE PATIENT
CARE VICINITY SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE CONNECTED TO A
STANDARD EQUIPMENT GROUNDING RETURN PATH.
513 PVC COATED METAL RIGID CONDUIT UNDER CABINET. RUN
BELOW SLAB AND UP THROUGH WALL AS SHOWN. STUB ABOVE
FINISH CEILING (TYPICAL AT ALL EXAM ROOMS).
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2' - 0"2' - 0"
PLASTIC LAMINATE
COUNTERTOP; PROVIDE
CONCEALED SUPPORT
BRACKET AS REQ'D
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK. PROVIDE LOCK
& KEY AS REQ'D. PULLS:
DOUG MOCKETT DP3B
34
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
36
"
24
"
34
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER
FINISH
SCHEDULE
36"36"
36"36"
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK W/ADJ.
SHELVES. PROVIDE
LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D.
PULLS: MDOUG
MOCKETT DP3B.
SOLID SURFACE
COUNTERTOP &
SPLASH. RETURN
SPLASH ON ADJACENT
WALL AS REQ'D.
PLASTIC LAMINATE
FLUSH OVERLAY DOORS W/FALSE TOE KICK TO ALLOW FOR
DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY KNEE CLEARANCE. PROVIDE
FOAM OR FIBER INSUL. W/ PROTECTIVE OVER WRAP ON
DRAIN, HOT WATER SUPPLY & SHARP OBJECTS.
3'
-
6
"
TABLE PROVIDED
BY GC
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
15"15"18"
34
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
PLASTIC LAMINATE
FLUSH OVERLAY DOORS W/ FALSE TOE KICK
TO ALLOW FOR DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY
KNEE CLEARANCE. PROVIDE FOAM OR FIBER
INSUL. W/ PROTECTIVE OVER WRAP ON
DRAIN, HOT WATER SUPPLY & SHARP
OBJECTS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK. PROVIDE LOCK
& KEY AS REQ'D. PULLS:
DOUG MOCKETT DP3B
SOLID SURFACE
COUNTERTOP & SPLASH.
RETURN SPLASH ON
ADJACENT WALL AS REQ'D
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
34
"
M
A
X
.
8'
-
0
"
18" MIN.
17" -18"
GR
A
B
B
A
R
33
"
-
3
6
"
T
O
P
O
F
17
"
-
1
9
"
MIRROR:
B-165-1830
BOBRICK GRAB
BARS
WORLD DRYER
NOVA 1
17
"
-
1
9
"
GR
A
B
B
A
R
33
"
-
3
6
"
T
O
P
O
F
19
"
M
I
N
.
23
"
M
A
X
.
8'
-
0
"
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
TWO (2) 1-1/2" DIAMETER
S.S. GRAB BARS. PROVIDE
REQUIRED BLOCKING AT
STUD WALL MOUNTED
2'-9" A.F.F. TO
CENTERLINE OF GRAB
BARS. 36" BAR BEHIND
TOILET & 42" BAR ALONG
WALL. GRAB BAR SHALL
SUPPORT 250# PER FOOT
& SHOULD NOT ROTATE
WITHIN ITS FITTINGS
BOBRICK GRAB
BARS
BOBRICK B-270
SANITARY NAPKIN
DISPOSAL
17
"
-
1
9
"
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
86
"
KOALA KARE KB200-00
BABY CHANGING TABLE
BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE
WALL FINISH PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
SOLID SURFACE
TRANSACTION COUNTER W/
ALL MITERED CORNERS
30
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
42
"
30
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULEWALL FINISH PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
SOLID SURFACE
TRANSACTION COUNTER W/ ALL
MITERED CORNERS
42
"
30
"
SOLID SURFACE
TRANSACTION COUNTER W/
ALL MITERED CORNERS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK. PROVIDE LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D. PULLS:
DOUG MOCKETT DP3B
PLASTIC LAMINATE
COUNTERTOP; PROVIDE
CONCEALED SUPPORT BRACKET
AS REQ'D
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK. PROVIDE LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D. PULLS:
DOUG MOCKETT DP3B
SOLID SURFACE
TRANSACTION COUNTER W/
ALL MITERED CORNERS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
COUNTERTOP; PROVIDE CONCEALED
SUPPORT BRACKET AS REQ'D
42
"
30
"
30
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
15"
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK. PROVIDE LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D. PULLS:
DOUG MOCKETT DP3B
PLASTIC LAMINATE
COUNTERTOP; PROVIDE
CONCEALED SUPPORT BRACKET AS
REQ'D
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK W/ADJ. SHELVES.
PROVIDE LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D.
PULLS: DOUG MOCKETT DP3B.
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
30
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
24
"
36
"
EQ EQ EQ EQ
15"24"
30
"
(
3
4
"
M
A
X
.
)
24
"
36
"
30
"
42
"
24"24"
PLASTIC LAMINATE
COUNTERTOP; PROVIDE
CONCEALED SUPPORT BRACKET AS
REQ'D
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH SCHEDULE
EXISTING EXTERIOR
DOOR TO BE REMOVED
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
3/8" = 1'-0"
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
5
P
M
INTERIOR
ELEVATIONS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
3/8" = 1'-0"7 EXAM ROOM CABINET WITH NO SINK
3/8" = 1'-0"13 BREAK ROOM SINK
3/8" = 1'-0"14 BREAK ROOM
3/8" = 1'-0"8 EXAM ROOM CABINET WITH SINK
3/8" = 1'-0"12 RESTROOM EAST
3/8" = 1'-0"11 RESTROOM NORTH
3/8" = 1'-0"9 RESTROOM SOUTH
3/8" = 1'-0"10 RESTROOM WEST
3/8" = 1'-0"2 HALL TO DESK
3/8" = 1'-0"1 WAITING ROOM TO DESK
3/8" = 1'-0"6 REC. DESK EAST
3/8" = 1'-0"3 REC. DESK NORTH
3/8" = 1'-0"4 REC. DESK SOUTH
3/8" = 1'-0"5 REC. DESK WEST
3/8" = 1'-0"15 EXAM ROOM / DEMO DOOR
No. Description Date
7'
-
0
"
14' - 0"
3'
-
6
"
(N) 3'-6" TALL WINDOW. 1/4" TEMPERED GLAZING IN
ALUMINUM FRAME. T/ FRAME TO MATCH INTERIOR
DOOR FRAME HEIGHT. FRAME COLOR TO MATCH
EXISTING STOREFRONT.
36
"
24
"
34
"
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK W/ADJ.
SHELVES. PROVIDE
LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D.
PULLS: MDOUG
MOCKETT DP3B.
SOLID SURFACE
COUNTERTOP & SPLASH.
RETURN SPLASH ON ADJACENT
WALL AS REQ'D.
PLASTIC LAMINATE
FLUSH OVERLAY DOORS W/FALSE TOE
KICK TO ALLOW FOR DISABLED
ACCESSIBILITY KNEE CLEARANCE.
PROVIDE FOAM OR FIBER INSUL. W/
PROTECTIVE OVER WRAP ON DRAIN, HOT
WATER SUPPLY & SHARP OBJECTS.
36"36"36"36"36"12"
36"36"36"36"36"12"
34
"
24
"
36
"
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
PLASTIC LAMINATE
MILLWORK W/ADJ.
SHELVES. PROVIDE
LOCK & KEY AS REQ'D.
PULLS: MDOUG
MOCKETT DP3B.
SOLID SURFACE
COUNTERTOP & SPLASH.
RETURN SPLASH ON ADJACENT
WALL AS REQ'D.
PLASTIC LAMINATE
FLUSH OVERLAY DOORS W/FALSE TOE KICK
TO ALLOW FOR DISABLED ACCESSIBILITY
KNEE CLEARANCE. PROVIDE FOAM OR FIBER
INSUL. W/ PROTECTIVE OVER WRAP ON DRAIN,
HOT WATER SUPPLY & SHARP OBJECTS.
18"36"36"36"18"
18"36"36"36"18"
F.F.
T.O. PLATE
ROOF
4'
-
0
"
10
'
-
0
"
14
'
-
0
"
2
12
(E) DOOR TO BE REMOVED
INFILL THIS AREA WITH MATERIAL AND COLORS TO
MATCH EXISTING EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION
86
"
17
"
-
1
9
"
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
8'
-
0
"
KOALA KARE KB200-00
BABY CHANGING TABLE
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
8'
-
0
"
MIRROR:
B-165-1830
BOBRICK GRAB
BARS
WORLD DRYER
NOVA 1
18" MIN.
34
"
M
A
X
.
8'
-
0
"
17
"
-
1
9
"
17"-19"
GR
A
B
B
A
R
33
"
-
3
6
"
T
O
P
O
F
TWO (2) 1-1/2" DIAMETER
S.S. GRAB BARS. PROVIDE
REQUIRED BLOCKING AT
STUD WALL MOUNTED
2'-9" A.F.F. TO
CENTERLINE OF GRAB
BARS. 36" BAR BEHIND
TOILET & 42" BAR ALONG
WALL. GRAB BAR SHALL
SUPPORT 250# PER FOOT
& SHOULD NOT ROTATE
WITHIN ITS FITTINGS
BOBRICK GRAB
BARS
BOBRICK B-270
SANITARY NAPKIN
DISPOSAL
19
"
M
I
N
GR
A
B
B
A
R
33
"
-
3
6
"
T
O
P
O
F
17
"
-
1
9
"
23
"
M
A
X
.
8'
-
0
"
KOALA KARE KB200-00
BABY CHANGING TABLE
WALL PAINT
PAINT PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
5
7
P
M
INTERIOR & EXTERIOR
ELEVATIONS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
3/8" = 1'-0"1 NEW WINDOW SYSTEM PLAYROOM
3/8" = 1'-0"2 LAB ELEVATION
3/8" = 1'-0"3 LAB ELEVATION
1/4" = 1'-0"8 WEST ELEVATION EXTERIOR
3/8" = 1'-0"4 TOILET 123 - RESTROOM SOUTH
3/8" = 1'-0"5 TOILET 123 - RESTROOM EAST
3/8" = 1'-0"7 TOILET 123 - RESTROOM WEST
3/8" = 1'-0"6 TOILET 123 - RESTROOM NORTH
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
2
P
M
FINISH SCHEDULES
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
No. Description Date
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS APPLIED TO WALL AND CEILINGS SHALL BE TESTED AS SPECIFIED IN
SECTION 803.1.3.
803.1.1 INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CLASSIFIED FOR FIRE
PERFORMANCE AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. SUCH
INTERIOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE GROUPED IN THE FOLLOWING CLASSES IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THEIR FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEXES.
CLASS A: FLAME SPREAD INDEX 0-25; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS B: FLAME SPREAD INDEX 26-75; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
CLASS C: FLAME SPREAD INDEX 76-200; SMOKE-DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450.
EXCEPTION: MATERIALS TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 803.1.2.
SPRINKLERED
GROUP EXIT STAIRWAYS, EXIT RAMPS, CORRIDORS & EXIT ENCLOSED SPACES
& EXIT PASSAGEWAYS ENCLOSURES
B B C C
REQUIREMENTS FOR ROOMS AND ENCLOSED SPACES SHALL BE BASED UPON SPACES
ENCLOSED BY PARTITIONS. WHERE A FIRE RESISTANCE RATING IS REQUIRED FOR STRUCTURAL
ELEMENTS, THE ENCLOSING PARTITIONS SHALL EXTEND FROM THE FLOOR TO THE CEILING.
PARTITIONS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THIS SHALL BE CONSIDERED ENCLOSING SPACES AND
THE ROOM OR SPACES ON BOTH SIDES SHALL BE CONSIDERED ONE.
FINISH MATERIALS FLAME SPREAD RATING
REFER TO A3.03 FOR DETAILS
FLOORING
CPT-2 CARPET
CT-1 CERAMIC TILE
LWP LUXURY WOOD-LOOK PLANK
BASE
VCB-1 VINYL COVE BASE
VT-1 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE
WALLS
GYP. GYPSUM WALL BOARD
WC-1 CERAMIC WALL TILE
PAINT PAINT FINISH
CEILING
ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE
ABBREVIATIONS
FF FACTORY FINISH
FINISH MATERIAL LEGEND
7'
-
0
"
FINISHED
FLOOR
D
DOOR: S.C. W.D.
DOOR OR HOLLOW
METAL
C
2"2"
2"
7'
-
0
"
DOOR: S.C. W.D.
DOOR WITH 1/4"
TEMPERED GLAZING
2"2"
2"
3' - 0"3' - 0"
A
EXISTING DOOR TO
REMAIN
DOOR TYPES
B
EXISTING DOOR TO BE
DEMOLISHED
10
"
HARDWARE SET - 1
PASSAGE LOCKSET SET :
1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES
1 EA. LEVER TYPE PASSAGE LOCKSET
1 EA. WALL STOP
3 EA. SILENCER
HARDWARE SET - 2
PRIVACY LOCKSET SET :
1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES
1 EA. LEVER TYPE PRIVACY LOCKSET
1 EA. WALL STOP
3 EA. SILENCER
HARDWARE SET - 3
STORE ROOM LOCKSET SET :
1 1/2 PAIR BUTT HINGES
1 EA. LEVER TYPE STORE ROOM LOCKSET
1 EA. WALL STOP
3 EA. SILENCER
HARDWARE SET - 4
TO MATCH (E)
DOOR HARDWARE
A
AL ALUMINUM
ANZ ANODIZED
C
CAA CLEAR ANOD. ALUM.
CL CLEAR
CR CARD READER
E
E EXISTING
EH EMBOSSED HARDBOARD
F
FP FLUSH PANEL
FS FACTORY STANDARD
G
GL TEMP. GLASS
H
HM HOLLOW METAL (RATED)
L
LQ LACQUERED
M
ME MATCH EXISTING
MH MAGNETIC HOLD OPEN
MTL METAL
MIN MINUTES
N
NR NON RATED
P
PB PANIC BAR
PF PREFINISHED
PL PLASTIC LAMINATE
PR PAIR
PT PAINT
PWC POWDER COAT
S
STN STAINED
SC SOLID CORE
STL STEEL
T
T TEMPERED
V
VAR VARNISH
VEN VENEER
DOOR ABBREVIATIONS
1. DOORS: (N) INTERIOR DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE TO MATCH (E) BLD'G
STANDARD. G.C. TO V.I.F. PRIOR TO BID & ORDERING OF MATERIALS
2. WIDTH AND HEIGHT OF REQUIRED EXIT DOORWAYS TO COMPLY WITH C.B.C. SECTION
1010.1 AND TITLE 24,
3. DOOR HARDWARE TO BE LEVER TYPE TO MEET ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. ALL
REQUIRED EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPERABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF
A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS
SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 LBS. FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND INTERIOR DOORS.
4. DOORS MUST HAVE A CLEAR SPACE OF AT LEAST 60" IN SIDE WHERE DOOR SWINGS
X 60" WIDE (18" BEYOND DOOR STRIKE EDGE @ INTERIOR DOOR.
5. 20 MIN. RATED FIRE DOOR & FRAME ASSEMBLY PER C.B.C W/ SMOKE AND DRAFT
CONTROL ASSEMBLY.
6. GLAZING IN OR ADJACENT TO DOORS SHALL MEET REQUIREMENTS OF (C.B.C. SEC
2406.4). ALL WINDOWS WITHIN 24" OF INTERIOR DOOR ARE TO BE TEMPERED GLASS,
TYP.
7. PROVIDE SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE ON PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITHIN 10"
OF THE GROUND.
8. FRAMELESS DOOR W/ LAMINATED GLASS SIMILAR TO "HERCULITE DOOR SYSTEM"
PROVIDE PIVOT HARDWARE & DOOR PULL AS REQUIRED.
10. MINIMUM DOOR SIZE PROVIDES A CLEAR OPENING OF 32" WHILE DOOR IS IN 90
DEGREE OPEN POSITION.
11. OPENING HARDWARE IS CENTERED BETWEEN 34" AND 40" ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.
12. DOOR CLOSERS, IF PRESENT, SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN
POSITION OF 90 DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO A POSITION
OF 12 DEGREES FROM THE LATCH IS 5 SECONDS MINIMUM.
13. ALL LOCKSETS SHALL BE CODED AND/OR KEYED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. CODES AND/OR KEYS ARE TO BE DELIVERED TO
LANDLORD PROPERLY TESTED AND/OR TAGGED. THE NUMBER OF MASTER AND
PASS KEYS SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH THE LANDLORD.
14. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE DUST COVERS AT ALL STRIKE PLATES.
15. ALL FASTENERS SHALL MATCH THE HARDWARE MATERIAL AND FINISH.
16. GC TO REMOVE ALL EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE ITEMS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH
CURRENT DISABLED PROVISIONS AND REPLACE THEM WITH CONFORMING ITEMS TO
THE SATISFACTION OF THE BUILDING AUTHORITY.
17. HAND ACTIVATED DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE CENTERED NOT LESS THAN
34" NOR MORE THAN 44" HIGH AND SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH A SINGLE EFFORT NOT
REQUIRING GRASPING OF THE OPENING HARDWARE.
18. THRESHOLDS SHALL NOT BE GREATER THAN 1/2" IN TOTAL HEIGHT WITH THE
LEADING EDGES BEVELED OR SLOPED AT AN ANGLE NOT EXCEEDING 45 DEGREES SO
THAT NO SINGLE VERTICAL CHANGE OF ELEVATION EXCEEDS 1/4". THE BOTTOM 10"
OF ALL DOORS (EXCEPT AUTOMATIC AND SLIDING) SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH
UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE. NARROW FRAME DOORS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 10"
HIGH SMOOTH PANEL ON THE PUSH SIDE OF THE DOOR.
19. GC TO VERIFY THE THICKNESS OF FLOOR FINISH PRIOR TO UNDERCUTTING THE
DOOR. ALL NEW DOORS TO HAVE 1/4" MAXIMUM UNDERCUT, U.N.O.
20. INSTALL DOOR IN FRAME WITH 1/8" MAX TOLERANCE AT HEAD, HINGES AND STRIKE
JAMB. ALL REUSED DOORS AND HARDWARE TO BE FULLY INSPECTED FOR
SOUNDNESS AND FUNCTION. REUSABLE COMPONENTS SHALL BE CLEANED, OILED ,
PATCHED, REFINISHED AS REQUIRED. VERIFY DOOR LEVER IS ACCESSIBLE TYPE
LEVER OR PULL.
21. GLAZING IN THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS MUST BE TEMPERED OR BE SAFETY
GLAZING:
A. IN ALL SWINGING DOORS,
B. GLAZING IN FIXED AND SLIDING PANELS OF SLIDING DOOR ASSEMBLIES,
C. IN FIXED AND OPERABLE PANELS ADJACENT TO A DOOR WHERE THE
NEAREST EXPOSED EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS WITHIN A 24-INCH ARC OF
EITHER VERTICAL EDGE OF THE DOOR IN A CLOSED POSITION AND WHERE
THE BOTTOM EXPOSED EDGE OF THE GLAZING IS LESS THAN 60" ABOVE THE
WALKING SURFACE,
D. IN FIXED OR OPERABLE PANELS, OTHER THAN IN THOSE LOCATIONS
DESCRIBED ABOVE, WHICH MEETS ALL OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS
WHERE THE EXPOSED AREA OF AN INDIVIDUAL PANE IS GREATER THAN 9
SQUARE FEET, THE EXPOSED BOTTOM EDGE IS LESS THAN 18" ABOVE THE
FLOOR, THE EXPOSED TOP EDGE IS GREATER THAN 36" ABOVE THE FLOOR
AND ONE OR MORE WALKING SURFACES ARE WITHIN 36" HORIZONTALLY OF
THE PLANE OF THE GLAZING.
22. SWINGING DOOR AND GATE SURFACES WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FINISH FLOOR OR
GROUND MEASURED VERTICALLY SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH
SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR OR GATE. PARTS CREATING
HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL JOINTS IN THESE SURFACES SHALL BE WITHIN 1/16 INCH
OF THE SAME PLANE AS THE OTHER AND BE FREE OF SHARP OR ABRASIVE EDGES.
CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED. §11B-404.2.10
DOOR GENERAL NOTES
CONDITION A
DOORS SHOWN ADJACENT TO A PERPENDICULAR
WALL OR OTHER FIXED OBSTRUCTION
CONDITION B
OTHER LOCATIONS SHALL BE ON CENTERLINE OF
ROOM UNLESS SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED
TYPICAL DOOR CLEARANCES
TYPICAL DOOR LOCATION
24"
1' - 6"
1' - 0"
5'
-
0
"
4'
-
0
"
PUBLIC AREA DOORS
CLEAR AND LEVEL
FLOOR SPACE
AT
INTERIOR
AT
EXTERIOR
(6" PREFERRED)
4" TYP.
PUBLIC SPACES: 4" MIN.
OPENING
DOOR
EQ EQ
FLOOR TRANSITION
STRIP PER FINISH
SCHEDULE
DOOR PER SCHEDULE
FLOOR PER SCHEDULE
~1
/
2
"
M
A
X
.
NOTE:
THRESHOLD SHALL BE NO MORE
THAN 1/2" HIGH REBELLED AT 2
HORIZONTAL TO 1 VERTICAL TO A
VERTICAL MAX. OF 1/4". PER CBC
11B-404.2.5
DOOR PER
SCHEDULE
PE
R
W
A
L
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
DOOR PER
SCHEDULE
PE
R
W
A
L
L
S
C
H
E
D
U
L
E
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
6
P
M
FINISH & DOOR
SCHEDULES
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
ROOM # ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE
WALL
MATERIAL
WALL
FINISH
CEILING
MATERIAL
CEILING
FINISH
CEILING
HEIGHT REMARKS
120 WAITING AREA CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0" CPT-1 @ WALK-OFF
121 PLAY AREA CPT-2 VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
122 OFFICE/IT LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
123 TOILET CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT GYP. PAINT 9' - 0" WC-1 @ WET WALL
124 TOILET CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT GYP. PAINT 9' - 0" WC-1 @ WET WALL
125 RECEPTION CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
126 LAB LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
127 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
128 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
129 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
130 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
131 UTILITY VT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
132 LOUNGE LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
133 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
134 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
135 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
136 EXAM ROOM LWP VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
137 CORRIDOR CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT ACT FF 10' - 0"
138 COATS CT-1 VCB GYP. PAINT GYP. PAINT 9' - 0"
ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE
SYM TYPE (N) or (E) DESCRIPTION WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS
DOOR
MATERIAL
DOOR
FINISH
FRAME
SIZE
FRAME
MATERIAL
GLASS
TYPE
HARDWARE
TYPE COMMENTS
1 A EXISTING STOREFRONT GLASS DOOR ENTRY 6' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 2" EXISTING STOREFRONT DOOR TO REMAIN'
2 D NEW (N) HOLLOW METAL DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" Stainless Steel 2" MTL. 2
3 C NEW (N) GLASS DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. TEMP. 1 NEW GLASS DOOR
4 C NEW (N) GLASS DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. TEMP. 1 NEW GLASS DOOR
5 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 2
6 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 2
7 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 1
8 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 1
9 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 2' - 6" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 3 PROVIDE KNURLED LEVER HANDLESS, CLOSER
10 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 1 PROVIDE CLOSER
11 D NEW (N) SINGLE FLUSH DOOR 3' - 0" 7' - 0" 0' - 1 3/4" WD S & V 2" MTL. 3 PROVIDE KNURLED LEVER HANDLESS, CLOSER
12 B EXISTING (E) DOOR AND FRAME TO BE DEMO 3' - 0" 6' - 8" 0' - 2"
13 B EXISTING (E) DOOR AND FRAME TO BE DEMO 3' - 6" 6' - 8" 0' - 2"
DOOR SCHEDULE
3" = 1'-0"1 DOOR THRESHOLD DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"2 DOOR JAMB DETAIL @ HINGE
3" = 1'-0"3 DOOR JAMB DETAIL @ STRIKE
3" = 1'-0"4 DOOR HEAD W/ CLOSER DETAIL
DOOR DETAILS
S & V = STAINED AND VARNISH. RIFT CUT, RED OAK, LIGHT STAIN (TBD) / CLEAR SATIN FINISH
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
CRIPPLE STUD
INFILL STUD
HEADER TRACK
JAMB STUDS
FASTENER
NON-LOAD BEARING SINGLE TRACK HEADER
AT DOOR
CRIPPLE STUD
INFILL STUD
HEADER TRACK
JAMB STUDS
FASTENER
LOAD BEARING BOX HEADER AT DOOR
ANGLE
CRIPPLE STUD
INFILL STUD
JAMB STUDS
FASTENER
LOAD BEARING BACK TO BACK HEADER AT
DOOR
ANGLE
HEADER MEMBERS
HEADER TRACK
HEADER MEMBERS
++
++
++
1
(MIN.)1
1
1(MIN.)
OPENING WIDTH
HEADER SCHEDULE
2 - 12" x 18 GA.
HEADER SIZE
2 - 3-5/8" x 20 GA.
2 - 10" x 20 GA.
2 - 8" x 20 GA.
15-1" TO 20'-0"
0 TO 5'-0"
NOTES:
10'-1" TO 15'-0"
5'-1" TO 10'-0"
1.HEADERS SHALL BE UNPUNCHED AND
OF THE SIZE AND GAUGE LISTED.
2.PROVIDE BRACES TO STRUCTURE
FOR OPENINGS OVER 15'-0"
3.HEADERS SHALL BE FILLED WITH
SOUND DEADENING INSULATION
MATERIAL.
4.SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR
HEADER CONSTRUCTION AT EXTERIOR
STUD WALLS.
JOIST OR BEAM - SEE
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
SEE STRUCTURAL DETAILS
FOR RATED AND NON-RATED
CONNECTION TO STRUCTURE
GYPSUM BOARD NOT SHOWN
FOR CLARITY
ATTACH METAL STUDS TO
STEEL ANGLE WITH (2) #10
SELF-TAPPING SCREWS
4" X 4" X 12 GA. X 4" LONG
STEEL ANGLE WITH POWDER
ACTUATED FASTENER (2
PINS) AT EACH BRACE.
3-5/8" X 20 GA. BRACE AT
4'-0"
O.C. PROVIDE 2 #10 AT
EACH
BRACE
METAL STUD-SEE HEADER
SCHEDULE FOR SIZE
# 10 SELF-TAPPING SCREWS
AT 16" O.C. EACH SIDE - TOP
AND BOTTOM
METAL CRIPPLE STUDS
METAL RECEIVER CHANNELS
7/8"
1/2" MAX.
MINERAL WOOL INSULATION
COMPRESSED TO FILL
OPENING
TYPE X GWB (TYP)
CONTROL JOINT TRIM, BOTH SIDES
2 STUDS ON EACH SIDE AT DOOR AND
WINDOW OPENINGS FOR ALL PARTITION
WALLS
WA
L
L
H
E
I
G
H
T
-
S
E
E
N
O
N
-
B
E
A
R
I
N
G
I
N
T
E
R
I
O
R
W
A
L
L
F
R
A
M
I
N
G
T
A
B
L
E
OPENING WIDTH
OPENING WIDTHCONTINUOUS FLOOR RUNNER
CONTINUOUS CEILING
RUNNER WITH SLIP
TYPE JOINT
BRIDGING
3-5/8" X 25 GAUGE
3-5/8" X 20 GAUGE
6" X 20 GAUGE
8" X 20 GAUGE
13'-8" 12'-5"10'-10"350S125-18
STUD SIZE 12 16 24
SPACING IN INCHES
MAXIMUM HEIGHT DESIGN
BASED ON
SSMA SIZE
362S137-33
6000S137-33
8000S137-33
NON-BEARING INTERIOR WALL FRAMING TABLE
(SSMA - STEEL STUD MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION)
18'-5" 16'-9" 14'-7"
27'-5"24'-11"21'-9"
34'-8" 31'-6" 27'-6"
AT
SOUND
WALLS
12
A-4.20
13
A-4.20
12
A-4.20
13
A-4.20
(3) MECHANICAL
FASTENERS @ EA.
STUD
MIN. 6" x 16 MSG
UNPUNCHED BACKING
TRACK - DO NOT CUT
FLANGES BETWEEN
SUPPORTING STUDS
PARTITION
STUDS @ 16"
O.C. MAX.
END CONDITION
CUT TOP & BOTTOM
FLANGES OF TRACK @
EA. STUD, TYP.
EXTEND BLOCKING TO NEXT
STUD
TYP.
MIN
.3/4"
MIN.
3/8"
MIN.
3/8"
(3) MECHANICAL FASTENERS AT
EACH END OF BACKING TRACK AT
EACH STUD
MAX. LOAD TO
BACKING PLATE
80 LBS. MAX
80
L
B
S
.
MA
X
.
INTERMEDIATE
CONDITION
SPLICE
CONDITION
MAX. LOAD
TO STUD
CENTER OF
GRAVITY
CABINET OR
EQUIPMENT
SECTION
STUD PER
PARTITION
TYPE
BACKING
TRACK, TYP.
CABINET OR
EQUIPMENT
PLAN
EXTEND BACKING TRACK 1
STUD BAY BEYOND EDGE
OF CABINET OR
EQUIPMENT
NOTES
1. DETAIL 'A' MAY BE USED FOR CABINET OR EQUIPMENT
ATTACHMENT DISTRIBUTING LOADS LESS THAN 80
LBS PER STUD
2. DETAIL 'B' MAY BE USED FOR CABINET OR EQUIPMENT
ATTACHMENT DISTRIBUTING LOADS 20 LBS OR LESS
PER STUD.
3. NOTCHING OR CUTTING OF BACKING PLATE IS NOT
PERMITTED EXCEPT AS SHOWN
(3) MECHANICAL
FASTENERS @ EA.
STUD
MIN. 6" x 16 MSG PLATE
ACROSS (3) STUDS MIN.
AND TO THE NEXT STUD
PAST THE ENDS OF THE
SUPPORTED CABINET OR
EQUIPMENT
PARTITION STUDS
@ 16" O.C. MAX.
END CONDITION
EXTEND BACKING PLATE
TO NEXT STUD
(3) MECHANICAL FASTENERS AT
EACH END OF BACKING PLATE
AT EACH STUD
MAX. LOAD TO
BACKING PLATE
20 LBS. MAX
20
L
B
S
.
MA
X
.
INTERMEDIATE
CONDITION
SPLICE
CONDITION
B
BACKING PLATE
A
BACKING STUD
TYP.
1 1/2" MIN.
GAP
1/4"
MIN.
WE USE THIS APPLICATION WHERE BACKING IS
NEEDED SUCH AS
-GRAB BARS AT RESTROOMS
-BACKING FOR WALL MOUNT SINKS AND URINALS
-NO BACKING IS INSTALL FOR UPPER CABINETS
UNLESS IS RQUESTED FOR
ELEVATION
'L' MAX. = 12'-0"
STUDS PER
PARTITION
TYPE
MECHANICAL
FASTENERS EACH
SIDE @ EA. STUD LINE OF CEILING
BRACE
MECHANICAL
FASTENERS - HILTI
"BK-VTZ" (ICC ESR
3904) OR APPROVED
EQ.
ALTERNATE
BRACE
LOCATION
BRACE CONNECTION
TO TOP TRACK PER
PLAN
CUT FLANGES &
BEND WEB
BACK
EDGE DISTANCE TO
END OF BRACE
1/4" MAX. GAP FROM
END OF BRACE TO
TRACK
LINE OF
STRUCTUR
E
BRACE TO STRUCTURE
CONNECTION TYPE PER
05/A7.21 AND 06/A7.21
PLAN
1'
-
0
"
M
A
X
.
3"
3"
MI
N
1"
MI
N1"
MIN
1"
MIN
1"
MECHANICAL
FASTENERS EACH
SIDE OF SPLICE
CUT BRACE
FLANGE & BEND
WEB
TOP TRACK
SPLICE
BRACE
ATTACHMENT TO
TOP TRACK
18 MSG TOP TRACK
NESTED TRACK OF
SAME GA. FOR
SPLICING
NOTES
DETAIL 'A' TO BE USED FOR:
1. PARTITIONS WITHOUT ATTACHMENTS; OR
2. PARTITIONS SUPPORTING CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES, DISTRIBUTING UP TO 50 LBS. TOTAL VERTICAL LOAD PER STUD (37 PLF), CENTER OF GRAVITY LESS THAN 6" FROM FACE OF
STUD
DETAIL 'B' TO BE USED FOR:
1. PARTITIONS SUPPORTING OVERHEAD AND/OR BASE CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES, DISTRIBUTING UP TO 152 LBS. TOTAL VERTICAL LOAD PER STUD (114 PLF), CENTER OF GRAVITY
WITHIN 6" OF FACE OF STUD; OR
2. PARTITIONS SUPPORTING FULL HEIGHT CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT ON ONE OR BOTH SIDES, DISTRIBUTING UP TO 380 LBS. TOTAL VERTICAL LOAD PER STUD (285 PLF), CENTER OF GRAVITY WITHIN 6" OF
FACE OF STUD.
A
ELEVATION
LINE OF CEILING
BRACE
MECHANICAL
FASTENERS ALTERNATE
BRACE LOCATION
BRACE TO
STRUCTURE
CONNECTION TYPE
PER 05/A7.21 AND
06/A7.21
SECTION
AT BRACE
B
30° -60°
MECHANICAL
FASTENER EACH SIDE
@ EA. STUD
'L' MA
X
.
=
1
2
'
-
0
"
16 MSG TOP
TRACK
MECHANICAL
FASTENERS
BACK TO BACK STUDS
SIDE ELEVATION
16 MSG TOP
TRACK
PARTITION
STUD @ 16" O.C.
PER PARTITION
TYPE
FASTENER
BRACE
ADDITIONAL
PARTITION STUD
STUDS PER
PARTITION
TYPE
3/
4
"
M
I
N
.
1" = 1'-0"3
TYPICAL DOOR OPENING FOR LIGHT
GAUGE FRAMING THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
7
P
M
TYP. STUD WALL
FRAMING DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1" = 1'-0"6 TYPICAL PARTITION HEADER
3" = 1'-0"5 CONTROL JOINT - 1HR WALL
1/4" = 1'-0"2
NON-LOAD BEARING INTERIOR WALL
FRAMING AND SCHEDULE
1 1/2" = 1'-0"1
TYPICAL BACKING AT STEEL STUD
PARTITIONS
1 1/2" = 1'-0"4
TYPICAL CEILING-HEIGHT PARTITION
BRACING
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
6' - 0" MAX.12' - 0" MAX.6' - 0" MAX.
6'
-
0
"
M
A
X
.
12
'
-
0
"
M
A
X
.
6'
-
0
"
M
A
X
.
FURRING
CHANNEL, TYP.
MAIN RUNNER,
TYP.
BRACING WIRE,
TYP.
1" x 2" x 24 MSG
CONTINUOUS ANGLE @
PERIMETER
144 SQ.
FT. MAX.
NOTE
1. BRACING WIRES AND COMPRESSION STRUTS SHALL OCCUR AT EVERY 144 SQ. FT. MAX
TYP.
1" MIN.
6" MAX.
ATTACH
ED JOINT
ATTACHED
JOINT
06/A4.10
FREE
JOINT
FREE
JOINT
06/A4.10
06/A4.10
06/A4.10
HANGER WIRE
CONNECTION PER
TABLE BELOW
U.O.N.
1/2" MAX.
TY
P
.
1/
2
"
MA
X
.
3"
3 TURNS AT EACH
END, TYP.
#12 GA. WIRE ASTM
A641 WITH CLASS 1
COATING BRACING WIRE
CONNECTION PER
TABLE BELOW
TYP
.
1/2"
MAX
.
1 1/2
"
U.O.N.
1/2" MAX.
4 TURNS AT EACH
END, TYP.
#12 GA. WIRE ASTM
A641 WITH CLASS 1
COATING
CONCRETE OVER METAL DECK
HANGER WIRE
DETAIL
BRACING
WIRE DETAIL
STRUCTURAL CONDITION OF
FLOOR / ROOF ABOVE
SUSPENDED CEILING
CONCRETE SLAB, BEAM OR JOIST
STRUCTURAL STEEL
METAL STUD PARTITION
06/A-4.10
02/A-4.10
MA
X
.
45°
06/A-4.10
06/A-4.10
07/A-4.10
02/A-4.10
02/A-4.10
07/A-4.10
MAIN RUNNER
SADDLE TIE WITH
DOUBLE LOOP AT
SUPPORTWHEN MULTIPLE SADDLE
TIES ARE REQUIRED,
ALTERNATE DIRECTION TO
PREVENT TWISTING
#12 GA. HANGER WIRES
WITH (3) TIGHT TURNS
WITHIN 3", TYP.
SADDLE TIE -MAIN RUNNER TO
HANGER WIRE
#16 GA. WIRE OR DOUBLE
STRAND OF #18 GA. WIRE
FURRING CHANNEL
MAIN RUNNER
SADDLE TIE -MAIN RUNNER
TO FURRING CHANNEL
MIN.
1/2"
MIN.
1/2"
MI
N
.
1/
2
"
FASTENER AT EACH END
MIN. 20 MSG PARTITION
STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX.
HANGER WIRE PER
07/A4.10
FURRING CHANNEL
FASTENER AT EACH
MAIN RUNNER
CONTINUOUS ANGLE,
TYP.
FASTENER AT EACH
PARTITION STUD
MAX.
3"
CLR.
1" MIN.
SADDLE TIE PER
06/A4.10
NO CONNECTION
BETWEEN ANGLE AND
FURRING CHANNEL
ATTACHED JOINT FREE JOINT
NO CONNECTION
BETWEEN ANGLE AND
FURRING CHANNEL
ATTACHED JOINT FREE JOINT
MIN.
1/2"
MIN.
1/2"
MI
N
.
1/
2
"
MAIN RUNNER
FURRING CHANNEL
CONTINUOUS ANGLE
FASTENER AT EACH
PARTITION STUD
FASTENER AT EACH
FURRING CHANNEL
MIN. 20 MSG PARTITION
STUDS @ 24" O.C. MAX.
HANGER WIRE PER
07/A4.10
NOTES:
1. PERIMETER PARTITIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO CARRY TRIBUTARY LATERAL FORCES
SADDLE TIE PER
05/A4.10
HANGER WIRE PER
07/A4.10
6" MAX.
1" MIN.
3"
CLR.
1" MIN.
6" MAX.
6" MAX.
1" MIN.
6" MAX.
OPTION 1
LIGHTWEIGHT OR
NORMAL WEIGHT
CONCRETE OVER MIN. 20
MSG STEEL DECK
FASTENER
MAX.
1/2"
MIN. 1" WIDE
CEILING CLIP
HANGER WIRE
FASTENER
MIN. 3/4" WIDE
CEILING CLIPHANGER WIRE
OPTION 2FASTENE
R &
FLUTE
OPTION 3
MIN.
3/4"MIN. 1 1/2" x 1 1/2"
ANGLE OR MIN. 1
5/8" STRUCTURAL
TRACK
FASTENER
HANGER WIRE
NOTES:
1. BEAM FLANGE THICKNESS SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3/16" OR MORE THAN 3/8"
2. FRAMING MEMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED TO CARRY THE CEILING LOADS
3. NO FASTENERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE PROTECTED ZONE OF ANY STEEL MEMBER
MIN. 1" WIDE
CEILING
CLIP
OPTION 5
6" MIN.
LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL
WEIGHT CONCRETE SLAB,
BEAM OR JOIST (MIN. 8"
WIDE)
MAX.
1/2"
FASTENER
MIN. 3/4" WIDE
CEILING CLIP
OPTION 6
MAX.
1/2"
OPTION 4
MAX.
1/2"
FASTEN
ER
MIN. 1 1/2" x 1
1/2" x 2" ANGLE
CLIP
HANGER WIRE
STRUCTURAL STEEL
BEAM
SPRAY-APPLIED FIRE
PROOFING
LIGHTWEIGHT OR
NORMAL WEIGHT
CONCRETE OVER MIN. 20
MSG STEEL DECK
HANGER WIRE
FASTENER
HANGER WIRE
OPTION 3
NOTES:
1. THIS DETAIL MAY BE USED FOR PERIMETER WIRE ATTACHMENT OR WHERE OBSTRUCTION PREVENTS ATTACHMENT
TO STRUCTURE ABOVE
2. PARTITION FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED TO CARRY THE CEILING LOAD
FASTENER
1 LAYER
GYPSUM
BOARD
6
MAX.
1
1" x 1" x 3/4" CLIP
ANGLE
OPTION 1
MIN. 20 MSG
METAL STUD
HANGER WIRE
6
1
FASTENER
1" x 1" x 3" CLIP
ANGLE
1 LAYER
GYPSUM
BOARD
OPTION 2
(2) FASTENERS
AT EACH STUD12 GA. PERIMETER
WIRE WITH 3 TIGHT
TURNS IN 3" BOTH
ENDS, TYP.
6
MAX.
1
FASTENER
1" x 1" x 3/4" CLIP
ANGLE
MIN. 20 MSG BACKING
STUD - SPAN 2 PARTITION
STUDS MIN.
MIN. 20 MSG
METAL STUD
(2)
FASTENERS
TO FRAMING
HANGER WIRE
PER 07/A4.10
6
MAX.
1
HANGER WIRE
PER 04/A7.41
NOTES:
1. PARTITION FRAMING SHALL BE DESIGNED TO CARRY THE CEILING
LOAD
1 LAYER GYPSUM
BOARD MAX.
CLIP ANGLE WITH
(2) FASTENERS
MIN. 16 MSG STRUCTURAL
STEEL BACKING STUD - SPAN
2 PARTITION STUDS
#12 GA. WIRE ASTM
WITH/ CLASS 1
COATING - 4 TIGHT
TURNS IN 1 1/2"
MA
X
.
1/
2
"
.
10°-45°
MIN. 20 MSG METAL
PARTITION STUD
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
8
P
M
TYP. CEILING DETALS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
3/16" = 1'-0"1 SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING BRACING
1 1/2" = 1'-0"3 SUSPENDED GYP. BOARD CEILING PERIMETER ATTACHMENT
1" = 1'-0"4 SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING SADDLE TIE
1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 TYPICAL BRACING AND HANGER WIRE CONNECTION
1 1/2" = 1'-0"5 TYPICAL HANGER WIRE CONNECTION
1 1/2" = 1'-0"6 ALTERNATE HANGER WIRE CONNECTION - METAL STUDS
1 1/2" = 1'-0"7 ALTERNATE BRACING WIRE CONNECTION - METAL STUDS
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
2
ACOUSTICAL
CEILING TILE
RECESSED LIGHT
SEE ELECT. DWGS
TWO (2) 12 GA. SLACK SAFETY
WIRES ATTACHED TO FIXTURE
AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND
ANCHORED TO STRUCTURE
ABOVE
OR 1/4 OF THE LENGTH OF
THE END RUNNER
WHICHEVER IS LESS
WALL TYPE
PER PLANS
MIN. (3) TURNS IN
1-1/2"
RUNNER
ACOUSTIC
CEILING TILE
POP RIVET
WALL MOLDING
BACKING PER MANF. RECOMMENDATION
8" MAX.
ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE
T-BAR RUNNER
HANGER WIRE
PROVIDE #12 WIRE
BRACING WITHIN 2" OF
INTERS. AT EA. 96 SQ. FT.
OF CLG. AREA
#12 GA. WIRE TIES @ 48" OC
VERTICAL (1:6 SLANT MAX)
PROVIDE 1 TIE @ 8" MAX
FROM ENDS MAX.
2"
STRAP BLOCKING
MIN. 16 MSG STEEL
STUDS @ 24" O.C.
5/8" GYPSUM BOARD
PERPENDICULAR TO
STUD FRAMING
CONNECTION
CORROSION-RESISTANT
TREATED FASTENERS AT 12"
O.C. MAX
NOTE:
STUD CONNECTION FASTENS THROUGH MAX. 2 LAYERS OF
GYPSUM BOARD
FOR MAX OPENING
IN CEILING.
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
8
P
M
CEILING DETALS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
3" = 1'-0"1
RECESSED LIGHT IN SUSPENDED
CEILING TILE
3" = 1'-0"2
SUSPENDED CEILING AT PERIMETER
WALL
3" = 1'-0"3 SUSPENDED CEILING TILE SYSTEM
3" = 1'-0"4
SUSPENDED T-BAR GRID CEILING
DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"66
SUSPENDED T-BAR GRID CEILING
BRACING DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"5 COMPRESSION STUT DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"6
FRAMED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING
ASSEMBLY
A-4.11
5
5/A-4.112
2
4" BACKSPLASH WHERE
OCCURS
DRAWERS AND PULLS WHERE
OCCURS
RECESSED METAL STANDARDS
FOR ADJ SHELVES, TYP
ADJ SHELF 3/4" MDF
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
2'
-
1
0
"
3/4" MDF DOORS W/
PLAM ALL BOTH SIDES
HINGES-CONCEALED
SELF CLOSING
.2' - 1"
TYP
SINK WHERE OCCURS
PLAM INTEGRAL DOOR/ BASE
4" BACKSPLASH WHERE OCCURS
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
INSULATED PIPE
2'
-
3
"
M
I
N
8"
9"
M
I
N
MELAMINE LINER ON ALL
INTERIOR SURFACES
3/4" MDF DOORS W/ PLAM
FINISH ON BOTH SIDES
OF DOOR & EDGES
HINGES-CONCEALED
SELF-CLOSING
3" MAX
GARBAGE DISPOSAL,
WHERE OCCURS
FAUCET AS SCHEDULED
SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS
4"
4" BACKSPLASH WHERE
OCCURS
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
DRAWERS AND PULLS
2'
-
1
0
"
3/
8
"
EQ
.
1/
8
"
EQ
.
1/
8
"
EQ
.
1/
8
"
EQ
.
MELAMINE LINER ON ALL
INTERIOR SURFACES
3/4" MDF DOORS W/ PLAM
ON ALL SIDES
.2' - 1"
COORDINATE HEIGHT W/SINK
VALENCE WHERE OCCURS
SIM
A-4.20
6
MELAMINE LINER ON ALL
INTERIOR SURFACES
ADJ SHELF 3/4" MDF
PULL AS SCHEDULED
HINGES-CONCEALED
SELF CLOSING
RECESSED METAL STANDARDS
FOR ADJ SHELVES
3/4" MDF DOORS W/
PLAM ON ALL SIDES
OPEN ABOVE
SE
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
SE
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
SEE PLAN
2"
PROVIDE 2" VALENCE
(UNDER-CABINET
LIGHT AS OCCURS)
UNDER-COUNTER
LIGHT AS OCCURS
#12 x 3" SMS W/FINISHING WASHER @16"
O.C. & 2" FROM CORNERS TYP
BACKING PLATE TYP.
1/4" PLYWOOD CABINET
BACKING
WALL PER PLAN
3/4" BOTTOM W/ PLAM
FINISH
1x4 ANCHOR STRIP3/4" MIN
3"
BASE (SEE ROOM
FINISH SCHEDULE
4"
3x PRESSURE TREATED RIPPED
TO SIZE W/#12x4" SHEET METAL
SCREW W/FINISH WASHER @16"
O.C. AT BOTTOM TRACK TYP.
2x4 PRESSURE TREATED PLATE
ATTACH TO SLAB W/.145" DIA. x
3 1/2" POWDER ACTUATED
ANCHOR AT 32" O.C. MIN.
(MIN. 2 PER PLATE)
EDGE BANDING
2x PRESSURE TREATED RIPPED
TO SIZE W/ 16d @16" O.C. TO
PLATE
4 1/2"
GYP. BRD. TYP.
CABINET BACKING
#12 x 3" WOOD SCREW
W/FINISH WASHER @16" O.C.
MIN
3/4".
SEE PLAN FOR WALL TYPE
SEALANT TYP.
SIDE SPLASH AT END
WALL CONDITIONS
PLASTIC LAMINATE
TOP AND SPLASH
1x4 ANCHOR STRIP
#12 x 3" SHEET METAL SCREW
W/FINISHING WASHER @16"
O.C. & 2" FROM CORNERS TYP.
CABINET BACKING
SEE INTERIOR
ELEVATION
BLOCKING, TYP
3/4" MIN.
3" DIA GROMMET (BLACK)
WHERE OCCURS
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
EQUIPMENT
WHERE OCCURS
2'
-
1
0
"
M
A
X
2'
-
6
"
2' - 1" PER PLAN
4" BACK SPLASH
WHERE OCCURS
1 1/2" x 1 1/2" STEEL ANGLE 24"
VERTICAL LEG 18" HORIZONTAL LEG
FASTEN TO METAL STUDS @ 16"
O.C. W/#10 SCREWS @ 6" OC
4" BACKSPLASH WHERE
OCCURS
RUBBER TRASH/
RECYCLING RECEPTACLE
BY CONTRACTOR
2'
-
1
0
"
PLAM INTEGRAL
DOOR/BASE
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
PLAM ON ALL INTERIOR
SURFACES
3/4" MDF DOORS W/
PLAM ON ALL SIDES
HINGES-CONCEALED
SELF-CLOSING
OPENING W/ FINISHED PLAM
EDGES
2'
-
1
1
/
4
"
PTD. BRAKE MTL COLLAR
ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF
OPENING
3"
4"
6
1
/
4
"
PULL AS SCHEDULED
MELAMINE LINER ON ALL
INTERIOR SURFACES OF
CABINET
3/4" MDF DOOR
COUNTERTOP AS SCHEDULED
PLASTIC TRASH BIN
BY CONTRACTOR
PULL OUT TRASH
DRAWER
FULL EXTENSION GLIDESPE
R
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
.2
'
-
1
0
"
1
1
/
2
"
4"
2' - 1"
1. MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES APPLY TO ALL MILLWORK SHEETS.
2. BASE CABINETS: 25 INCHES DEEP, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
3. WALL CABINETS: 14 INCHES DEEP, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
4. TALL STORAGE UNITS TO BE 25 INCHES DEEP, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
5. PROVIDE ADJUSTABLE SHELVING IN CASEWORK, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
6. WHERE ELECTRICAL DEVICES ARE LOCATED IN CASEWORK, CASEWORK
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FINISHED OPENINGS. COORDINATE LOCATION AND
QUANTITY WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.
7. PROVIDE JOINT SEALANT AT PERIMETER JOINTS WHERE COUNTERTOPS, BACK
AND SIDE SPLASHES, CASEWORK, AND MILLWORK ABUT WALLS.
8. FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF CABINET LOCATIONS IN BUILDING PRIOR TO
FABRICATION.
9. PROVIDE FINISHED ENDS AT ALL EXPOSED ENDS OF CASEWORK AND MILLWORK.
10. ALL EXPOSED SURFACES IN OPEN SHELVING SHALL BE CLAD IN SAME MATERIAL AS
CABINET EXTERIOR.
11. PROVIDE LOCKS AT DOORS AND DRAWERS, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE
12. CABINET DOOR & DRAWER PULLS TO BE: (PROVIDE SPECIFICATION & FINISH)
MILLWORK GENERAL NOTES
SE
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
OPEN ABOVE
PLAM AT ALL EXPOSED SURFACES
SE
E
E
L
E
V
A
T
I
O
N
SEE PLAN PROVIDE 2" VALENCE
(UNDERCOUNTER LIGHT FIXTURE
WHERE OCCURS)
2
3
/
4
"
2
3
/
4
"
ADJUSTABLE PLASTIC LAMINATE
SHELVING
(E) ROOF STRUCTURE
3 5/8" 25 GA MTL. STUDS
DIAG. BRACING @48" O.C.
STAGGERED
CONT. 25 GA TOP TRACK SECURE
TO KICKERS SPACED EVERY 48
IN. STAGGERED AT MAX.
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING
"J" MOULDING
5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (MOUNTED
VER. EA. SIDE) ON 3 5/8" - 24 GA
MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
25 GA TRACK SECURE TO FLR.
CONST. W/ 0.157" X-U POWDER
ACTUADED FASTENERS @ 24"
O.C. 6" MIN. FROM END OR
SPLICES (ESR-2269)
(E) CONCRETE SLAB
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE SOUND TRAPS @
ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS
AND SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES
& CONDUIT PENETRATIONS.
2. MTL STUDS TO BE
MANUFACTURED BY
MEMBERS OF THE STL. STUD
MFRS. ASSOC. (ESR-3064P)
3. PROVIDE METAL STUDS @
12" O.C. FOR CABINET
HANGING REINF.10
'
-
0
"
C
L
G
.
H
T
.
45°
SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL
CEILING
5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. (MOUNTED
VER. EA. SIDE) ON 3 5/8" - 24 GA
MTL STUDS @ 16" O.C.
25 GA TRACK SECURE TO FLR.
CONST. W/ 0.157" X-U POWDER
ACTUADED FASTENERS @ 24"
O.C. 6" MIN. FROM END OR
SPLICES (ESR-2269)
(E) CONCRETE SLAB
NOTES:
1. PROVIDE SOUND TRAPS @
ALL DUCT PENETRATIONS
AND SEAL AROUND ALL PIPES
& CONDUIT PENETRATIONS.
2. MTL STUDS TO BE
MANUFACTURED BY
MEMBERS OF THE STL. STUD
MFRS. ASSOC. (ESR-3064P)
3. PROVIDE METAL STUDS @
12" O.C. FOR CABINET
HANGING REINF.
The purpose of this wal type is to
create a Window on the top, the
dimensions should be 2 feet,
opening from the ceiling grid and
down, and at the end of the wall
we have a 12-inch wall to be
supported with kickers. On the
window heather we have to have
a box heather to support the
expansion
WINDOW OPENING
5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ON CONT.
25 GA TOP TRACK
7'
-
0
"
C
L
G
.
H
T
.
3'
-
0
"
.
10
'
-
0
"
C
L
G
.
H
T
.
1'
-
0
"
.
OP
E
N
I
N
G
2'
-
0
"
.
12" IN. WALL TO BE
SUPPORTED BY
KICKERS.
BOX HEADER TO
SUPPORT EXPANSON
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
5
:
0
9
P
M
MILLWORK & CEILING
DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1" = 1'-0"3 LOWER CABINET W/DOOR
1" = 1'-0"8 LOWER CABINET W/ACCESSIBLE SINK
1" = 1'-0"5 LOWER CABINET W/4 DRAWERS
1" = 1'-0"7 UPPER CABINET
3" = 1'-0"6 UPPER CABINET ANCHOR. @ BOTTOM
3" = 1'-0"1 BASE CABINET ANCHORAGE AT BASE
3" = 1'-0"2 BASE CABINET ANCHORAGE AT TOP
1" = 1'-0"4 LOWER CABINET W/4 DRAWERS
1" = 1'-0"9 LOWER CABINET W/ACCESSIBLE SINK
1" = 1'-0"10 LOWER CABINET W/ACCESSIBLE SINK
1" = 1'-0"11 UPPER CABINET
1 1/2" = 1'-0"13
CEILING CONNECTION WITH PARTITION
WALL W-7
1 1/2" = 1'-0"12
CEILING CONNECTION WITH PARTITION
WALL W-8
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
2 PLAN CHECK 2 03/25/25
2
"UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES
PARKED IN DESIGNATED
ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING
PLACARDS OR LICENSE
PLATES ISSUED FOR
PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT
OWNERS EXPENSE.
TOWED VEHICLES
MAY BE RECLAIMED AT
___________________
OR BY TELEPHONING
____________________."
REFLECTORIZED SIGN WITH BOTTOM AT
6'-8" MINIMUM ABOVE PARKING SURFACE.
THE SIGN SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN
17" W x 22" H IN SIZE W/ LETTERING NOT LESS
THAN 1" IN HEIGHT WHICH CLEARLY
STATES:
"UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES PARKED IN
DESIGNATED ACCESSIBLE SPACES NOT
DISPLAYING DISTINGUISHING
PLACARDS OR SPECIAL LICENSE
PLATES ISSUED FOR PERSONS WITH
DISABILITIES WILL BE TOWED AWAY AT
OWNERS EXPENSE. TOWED VEHICLES
MAY BE RECLAIMED AT XXXXXXXXXX
OR BY TELEPHONING (XXX) XXX-XXXX
OWNER TO COMPLETE INFORMATION
PRIOR
TO INSTALLATION AND MAKE
INFORMATION
A PERMANENT PART OF SIGN.
2" x 2" x 1/8" STL. TUBE PAINTED
TO SET IN CONC. FOOTING
A.C. PAVING
NOTE:
SIGN MAY BE WALL
MOUNTED IN LIEU OF POLE
MOUNTED
12" DIAMETER CONC. FOOTING
22
"
M
I
N
.
80
"
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
17" MIN.
RESERVED
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE
FINISHED GRADE, GROUND,
OR SIDEWALK
POLE MOUNTED SIGNAGE
VAN SIGN CAR SIGN
RESERVED
VAN
ACCESSIBLE
RESERVED
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
3"
20 GA. MIN. STEEL SIGN
PAINTED W/ REFLECTORIZED
PORCELAIN ENAMEL FINISH
ON FRONT SIDE
WHITE HANDICAP SYMBOL
ON BLUE BACKGROUNDONLY AT VAN STALLS
1" x 1" x 1/8" STEEL TUBE
WITH ENDCAPS, PAINTED.
SET IN CONC. FOOTING
PAVING
12" DIAMETER CONC. FOOTING
MINIMUM
FINE $250
RESERVED
VAN
ACCESSIBLE
MINIMUM
FINE $250
20 GA. MIN. STEEL SIGN
PAINTED W/ REFLECTORIZED
PORCELAIN ENAMEL FINISH
ON FRONT SIDE
WHITE HANDICAP SYMBOL
ON BLUE BACKGROUND
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
6"
ONLY AT VAN STALLS
VAN SIGN CAR SIGN
NOTES:
1. AT ALL PARKING ENTRANCES, POST ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL
SIGN. REFER TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING LOT SIGN AT PARKING LOT
ENTRY DETAIL FOR SIGNAGE INFORMATION.
2. ALL ENTRANCES TO THE VERTICAL CLEARANCES WITHIN
PARKING STRUCTURES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM VERTICAL
CLEARANCE OF 8'-2" WHERE REQUIRED FOR ACCESSIBILITY TO
ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES. POST APPROPRIATE HEAD
CLEARANCE SIGNAGE.
3. ACCESS AISLES SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE PLACES ON EITHER
SIDE OF THE PARKING SPACE EXCEPT FOR VAN PARKING SPACES,
WHICH SHALL HAVE THE ACCESS AISLES ON THE PASSENGER SIDE
OF THE PARKING SPACE. WHERE A SINGLE DISABLED PARKING
STALL IS PROVIDED THE ACCESS AISLE SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE
PASSENGER SIDE OF THE SPACE.
4. SURFACE SLOPES OF ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES SHALL BE
THE MINIMUM POSSIBLE AND SHALL NOT EXCEED 1/4" PER FOOT (2%)
IN ANY DIRECTION.
5. PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGN AT EACH STALL.
TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGNAGE SHALL BE "POLE
MOUNTED" WITH EXCEPTION TO PARKING SPACES IN FRONT OF
WALL OR AGAINST WALL, WHICH SHALL BE "WALL MOUNTED".
REFER TO ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGNAGE DETAIL FOR
MOUNTING HEIGHTS.
6. WHEELSTOPS ARE REQUIRED WHEN THE PATH OF TRAVEL IS
LOCATED IN FRONT OF PARKING STALLS OR WHERE THERE IS NOT A
MINIMUM OF 6' WIDTH OF PLANTING IN FRONT OF STALL. LOCATE
WHEELSTOPS TO PREVENT ANY VEHICLE FROM INTRUDING ON THE
PEDESTRIAN PATH OF TRAVEL. REFER TO WHEELSTOP DETAIL FOR
TYPICAL DETAIL.
APPROVED CURB
RAMP AT
ELEVATED WALK,
PER CURB-CUT
DETAILS
NO PARKING
12" TALL WHITE
LETTERING
TYPICAL STALLVAN STALL
4" WIDE
DOUBLE
STRIPES,
TYP.
8'-0" AT VAN STALLS
(LOADING AND UNLOADING AREA)
5'-0" MIN. AT TYP. ACCESS. STALLS
WHEEL STOP,
TYP.
108"8' - 6"
4" WIDE BLUE
STRIPES,
TYP.
THIS STALL HAS VAN SIDE
ACCESS FOR PASSENGER
EXIT
AT SINGLE ACCESSIBLE STALL
SITUATIONS, OMIT THIS STALL
2% MAX. SLOPE
ANY DIRECTION,
TYP.
ACCESSIBLE PARKING
STALL SIGNAGE, TYP.
(TO INCLUDE "VAN
ACCESSIBLE" SIGN AT
DESIGNATED VAN
STALLS)
ALIGN
VERIFY PARKING
GUIDELINES FOR SINGLE
VERSE DOUBLE STRIPING
WITH LOCAL
JURISDICTION
12"
36" x 36" PAINTED
INTERNATIONAL
SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY IN
EACH STALL, TYP.
36
"
ALIGN
36
"
36"
BACKGROUND BLUE
HIGHWAY PAINT - 1 COAT.
BLUE COLOR NO. 15090.
FEDERAL STANDARD 595B
WHITE FIGURE AND
BORDER:
2" WIDE STRIPES,
HIGHWAY PAINT
NOTES:
EMBLEM MUST BE LOCATED IN
STALL SO THAT IT IS VISIBLE BY A
TRAFFIC ENFORCEMENT
OFFICER WHEN A VEHICLE IS
PROPERLY PARKED IN THE
SPACE:
THE CENTERLINE OF THE
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE A
MAXIMUM OF 6 INCHES FROM
THE CENTERLINE OF THE
PARKING SPACE, ITS SIDES
PARALLEL TO THE LENGTH OF
THE PARKING SPACE AND ITS
LOWER CORNER OR LOWER
SIDE ALIGNED WITH THE END OF
THE PARKING SPACE.
SYMBOL PROPORTIONS
DISPLAY CONDITIONS
3/4" DIA. ANCHOR
HOLE, LOCATED 6"
FROM EACH END OF
WHEEL STOP
6'-0" LONG PRECAST
CONC. WHEEL STOP
2 - #3 BARS
TOP OF PAVING
EPOXY SET WHEEL STOP
2"3 1/2"2"
7 1/2"
5
1
/
2
"
2"
1-1/4" - 1-1/2" DIAMETER HANDRAIL
RAILING MOUNTING
HARDWARE AT 4'-0" O.C.
MAX.
SMOOTH, NON-ABRASIVE
SURFACE.
EDGES SHALL HAVE A
MINIMUM 1/8" RADIUS
1. HANDRAILS SHALL BE 34 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE NOSING OF STAIR
TREADS OR RAMP SURFACES.
2. STAIR HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES BEYOND THE TOP
NOSING AND 12 INCHES PLUS THE TREAD WIDTH BEYOND THE BOTTOM NOSING.
RAMP HANDRAILS SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12
INCHES BEYOND THE TOP OF RAMP AND 12 INCHES BEYOND THE BOTTOM OF RAMP.
3. WHERE THE EXTENSION OF A STAIR HANDRAIL IN THE DIRECTION OF THE STAIR RUN
WOULD CREATE A HAZARD, THE TERMINATION OF THE EXTENSION SHALL BE MADE
EITHER ROUNDED OR RETURNED SMOOTHLY TO THE FLOOR, WALL OR POST.
WHERE THE STAIRS ARE CONTINUOUS FROM LANDING TO LANDING, THE INNER RAIL
SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND NEED NOT EXTEND OUT INTO THE LANDING.
4. ENDS SHALL BE RETURNED OR TERMINATE IN NEW POST OR SAFETY TERMINALS.
5. THE HANDGRIP PORTION OF HANDRAILS SHALL BE NOT LESS THEN 1-1/4 INCHES NOR
MORE THAN 1-1/2 INCHES IN CROSS SECTIONAL DIMENSION OR THE SHAPE SHALL
PROVIDE AN EQUIVALENT GRIPPING SURFACE. THE HANDGRIP PORTION OF
HANDRAILS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH SURFACE WITH NO SHARP CORNERS. ANY WALL
OR OTHER ADJACENT WALL TO THE HANDRAIL SHALL BE FREE OF SHARP OR
ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL HAVE MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/8 INCH.
6. HANDRAILS PROJECTING FROM A WALL SHALL HAVE A SPACE OF 1-1/2 INCH
BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE HANDRAIL. HANDRAILS MAY BE LOCATED IN A RECESS
IF THE RECESS IS A MAXIMUM OF 3 INCHES DEEP AND EXTENDS AT LEAST 18 INCHES
ABOVE THE TOP OF THE RAIL.
MIN.
1 1/2"
MI
N
.
1
1
/
2
"
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
AND
ELECTRIC
VEHICLE
PARKING
ONLY
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE
FINISHED
GRADE,
GROUND, OR
SIDEWALK
POLE MOUNTED SIGNAGE
80
"
M
I
N
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
S
I
G
N
3"
20 GA. MIN.
STEEL SIGN
PAINTED W/
REFLECTORIZED
PORCELAIN
ENAMEL FINISH
ON FRONT SIDE
1" x 1" x 1/8"
STEEL TUBE
WITH
ENDCAPS,
PAINTED. SET
IN CONC.
FOOTING
PAVING
12" DIAMETER CONC. FOOTING
20 GA. MIN. STEEL
SIGN
PAINTED W/
REFLECTORIZED
PORCELAIN ENAMEL
FINISH ON FRONT
SIDE
6"
CLEAN AIR
VANPOOL
AND
ELECTRIC
VEHICLE
PARKING
ONLY
EV CHARGING
ONLY
STANDARD ACCESSIBLE
EVCS
VAN ACCESSIBLE EVCS
EV CHARGING
ONLY
ACESSIBLE ROUTE
CLEAR FLOOR
SPACEEV
CHARGER
12' - 0"
12" TALL WHITE
LETTERING ON
GREEN
BACKGROUND
4" WIDE
DOUBLE
STRIPES, TYP.
9' - 0"
NO
PARKING
18
'
-
0
"
60" TYP.
1' - 0"1' - 0"
1' - 0"1' - 0"
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
3
P
M
TYP. PARKING
ACCESSIBILITY
DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1" = 1'-0"1
ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGN AT
PARKING LOT ENTRY
1 1/2" = 1'-0"2 ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL SIGNAGE
1/4" = 1'-0"3
ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALL
REQUIREMENTS
1" = 1'-0"4
INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY
1" = 1'-0"5 ACCESSIBLE SYMBOLS
3" = 1'-0"6 WHEEL STOP DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"9
ACCESSIBLE HANDRAIL
REQUIREMENTS DETAIL
1 1/2" = 1'-0"8 CLEAN AIR VEHICLE SIGNAGE
1/4" = 1'-0"10 PARKING STALL SIGNAGE
No. Description Date
2% MAX. CROSS SLOPE
SECTION A-A
30
"
M
A
X
.
LANDIN
G
30
"
M
A
X
.
8.33%
MAX.
SECTION B-B
HANDRAIL ON BOTH SIDES AND
CONTINUOUS THE FULL LENGTH OF
THE RAMP. REFER TO ACCESSIBLE
RAMP HANDRAIL DETAIL FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
GUIDE RAIL OR 2" HIGH GUIDE CURB ON EACH
SIDE OF A RAMP LONGER THAN 10' THAT IS NOT
BOUNDED BY WALL OR FENCE WHERE THERE
IS A VERTICAL DROP OF 4" OR MORE. REFER
TO ACCESSIBLE RAMP HANDRAIL DETAIL.
A
A
B B
CURB
8.33% MAX.8.33% MAX.
* INTERMEDIATE LANDING AT A CHANGE OF DIRECTION IN
EXCESS OF 30" SHALL BE 72 INCHES MIN.
** DOORS IN ANY POSITION SHALL NOT REDUCE THE MINIMUM
DIMENSION OF THE RAMP LANDING TO LESS THAN 42" IN ANY
POSITION AND SHALL NOT REDUCE THE REQUIRED WIDTH BY
MORE THAN 3" WHEN FULLY OPEN.
48
"
M
I
N
.
(
6
0
"
W
H
E
N
S
E
R
V
I
N
G
P
R
I
M
A
R
Y
E
N
T
R
A
N
C
E
W/
A
N
O
C
C
.
L
O
A
D
O
F
3
0
0
O
R
M
O
R
E
)
BOTTOM LANDING
72" MIN.
FOR EACH RAMP
30" VERTICAL RISE MAX.
INTERMEDIATE LANDING
60" MIN. *
FOR EACH LANDING
30" VERTICAL RISE MAX.
AT
T
O
P
L
A
N
D
I
N
G
60
"
M
I
N
.
*
*
8.33%
MAX.
12"12"2% MAX. CROSS SLOPE AT ALL
PORTIONS OF RAMPS AND
LANDINGS.
PLAN
60" MIN. *
48
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
48" MIN.
DETECTABLE WARNING
SURFACE:
CONTRASTING COLOR
TRUNCATED DOMES.
SPACING AND LAYOUT PER
TRUNCATED DOME DETAIL.
8.33%
MAX.
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
10% MAX.
SIDE FLAIRS
10% MAX.
SIDE
FLAIRS
10%
MAX.
10
%
M
A
X
.
8.
3
3
%
M
A
X
.
10
%
M
A
X
.
10% MAX.B B
CURB
PLAN
NOTE:
MAXIMUM SLOPES OF ADJOINING GUTTERS, ROAD SURFACE
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP, OR ACCESSIBLE
ROUTE, SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:20 WITHIN 4 FT. OF THE TOP AND THE
BOTTOM OF THE CURB RAMP.
A
A
2% MAX.
SECTION A-A
SECTION B-B
8.33% MAX.8.33% MAX.
CURB
8.33% MAX. 8.33% MAX.2%
M
A
X
.
RETAINING CURB IF
NECESSARY AT
SIDE WALK EDGE
A
A
B B
48
"
M
I
N
.
48" MIN.
NOTE:
MAXIMUM SLOPES OF ADJOINING GUTTERS, ROAD SURFACE
IMMEDIATELY ADJACENT TO THE CURB RAMP, OR ACCESSIBLE
ROUTE, SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:20 WITHIN 4 FT. OF THE TOP AND THE
BOTTOM OF THE CURB RAMP.
PLAN
DETECTABLE WARNING
SURFACE:
CONTRASTING COLOR
TRUNCATED DOMES.
SPACING AND LAYOUT PER
TRUNCATED DOME DETAIL.
DOME SIZE:
BASE DIAMETER = 0.9-0.92"
TOP DIAMETER = 0.45-0.47"
DO
M
E
H
E
I
G
H
T
:
0.
1
8
-
0
.
2
2
"
ELEVATION AT DOMEDOME LAYOUT PLAN
DOME SPACING:
2.3-2.4"
DO
M
E
S
P
A
C
I
N
G
2.
3
-
2
.
4
"
NOTE:
DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES SHALL CONTRAST VISUALLY WITH
ADJACENT WALKING SURFACES EITHER LIGHT-ON-DARK OR DARK-ON-LIGHT
BT
W
N
.
B
A
S
E
S
0.
6
5
"
M
I
N
.
12" WIDE GROOVED BORDER
CONCRETE SLAB
WALKWAY
1/
4
"
1/4"3/4"
RAMP
34
"
-
3
8
"
27
"
M
A
X
.
12"
1 - 1/2" DIAMETER AT RAILING
1" RADIUS AT
ALL
CORNERS,
TYP.
RAMP LANDING
FREESTANDING HANDRAIL ELEVATION
NOTE:
HANDRAILS MAY BE
WALL MOUNTED PER
THE REQUIREMENTS
OF THE ACCESSIBLE
HANDRAIL
REQUIREMENTS
DETAIL.
12"
2"
M
I
N
.
C
U
R
B
4" MAX.
CONCRETE
GUIDE CURB
RAMP
GUIDE RAIL
GUIDE RAIL OR CURB
GUIDE OPTIONS: CONCRETE CURB OR GUIDE RAIL
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
4
P
M
TYP. PEDESTRIAN
ACCESSIBILITY
DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
1/4" = 1'-0"1 STRAIGHT RUN RAMP DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"2 SIDEWALK CURB-CUT RAMP DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"3
CURB-CUT RAMP DETAILS AT
SIDEWALK LESS THEN 60" IN WIDTH1
3" = 1'-0"4 TRUNCATED DOME DETAIL
3" = 1'-0"5 GROOVE DETAIL
1/2" = 1'-0"6 ACCESSIBLE RAMP HANDRAIL
No. Description Date
48
"
M
I
N
.
32" MIN. CLR.
42
"
M
I
N
.
42
"
M
I
N
.
32" MIN. CLR.
42
"
M
I
N
.
32" MIN. CLR.
22" MIN.24" MIN.
FRONT APPROACH OPEN DOORWAY
POCKET APPROACH LATCH APPROACH
34" MIN. CLR.
PULL SIDE
LATCH SIDE APPROACH
HINGE SIDE APPROACH
FRONT APPROACH
PROVIDE THIS
ADDITIONAL
SPACE IF DOOR
HAS A LATCH
AND CLOSER
60
"
M
I
N
.
44
"
M
I
N
.
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
24" MIN.
90.0
0
°
PUSH SIDE(4
8
"
M
I
N
.
I
F
D
O
O
R
HA
S
A
C
L
O
S
E
R
)
PULL SIDE
60
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
18" MIN.
90.0
0
°
PUSH SIDE
MIN.
12"
PULL SIDE
60
"
M
I
N
.
44
"
M
I
N
.
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
36" MIN.
90.0
0
°
PUSH SIDE(4
8
"
M
I
N
.
I
F
D
O
O
R
HA
S
A
L
A
T
C
H
A
N
D
CL
O
S
E
R
)
22" MIN.
18" MIN.24" MIN. CLEAR
AT
EXTERIOR
DOORS
(5
4
"
M
I
N
.
I
F
D
O
O
R
HA
S
A
C
L
O
S
E
R
)
"T" SHAPED SPACE FOR 180
DEG. TURNS
NOTE:
ROOMS AND SPACES THAT
DISPLAY THE "CIRCLE" OR THE "T"
ARE ACCESSIBLE.
60" DIAMETER SPACE FOR
SINGLE WHEELCHAIR
12"36" MIN.12"
24
"
M
I
N
.
36
"
M
I
N
.
60
"
M
I
N
.
60
"
TYPICAL CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
48
"
30"60"
36"
>
2
4
"
60"
>
1
5
"
MANEUVERING CLEARANCE AT ALCOVES
FORWARD REACH
15
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
> 10"-24" MAX.
34
"
M
A
X
.
46
"
M
A
X
.
> 20"-25" MAX.
27
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
34
"
M
A
X
.
44
"
M
A
X
.
10" MAX.
34
"
M
A
X
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
OBSTRUCTED
HIGH REACH
DIAGRAMS
(A) SIDE REACH -
OBJECTS 10" MAX
DEPTH
(B) SIDE REACH -
OBJECTS GREATER
THAN 10" TO 24" MAX
DEPTH
OBSTRUCTE
D
HIGH REACH
DIAGRAMS
20" MAX.
27
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
34
"
M
A
X
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
(A) FORWARD
REACH - OBJECTS
20" MAX DEPTH
(B) FORWARD
REACH - OBJECTS
GREATER THAN 20"
TO 25" MAX DEPTH
10" MAX.
15
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
A
X
.
UNOBSTRUC
TED REACH
DIAGRAMS
SIDE REACH
NOTES:
1. EXPOSED INSIDE FACES OF CABINET WALL TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH
CASEWORK.
2. FINISH FLOOR MATERIAL TO EXTEND UNDER REMOVABLE COUNTER SPACE.
3. SIDES AND BACK OF ADJACENT CABINETS AND SURFACES WHICH MAY BECOME
EXPOSED TO FOOD HANDLING WHEN A COUNTERTOP IS LOWERED ARE TO BE
CONSTRUCTED OF DURABLE, NONABSORBENT MATERIALS APPROPRIATE FOR
SUCH USE.
30" MIN. CLR.
SINK OR
LAVATORY,
WHERE
OCCURS
CABINET
DOORS
WITH
ATTACHED
TOE KICK
4"
4"F.F.
"A"
DOOR
TOE KICK
SECTION
ACCESSIBLE COUNTER ELEVATIONS
FINISH FLOOR LINE
FIRE ALARMS
(AT 48" PER
STATE FIRE
MARSHALL)
ELECTRICAL SWITCHES
THERMOSTATS
34
"
M
A
X
.
36" MIN.
48
"
M
A
X
.
15
"
M
I
N
.
CONTROLS AND OUTLET HEIGHTS
PARALLEL APPROACH
FINISH FLOOR LINE34
"
M
A
X
.
30" MIN.
FORWARD APPROACH
KNEE AND TOE
CLEARANCES
SHALL BE
PROVIDED
UNDER THE
COUNTER
ELECTRICAL OUTLETS
FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
CABINET
PULL SIDE
FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE, AT ALCOVE
60
"
M
I
N
.
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
18" MIN.
>
8
"
PUSH SIDE
48
"
M
I
N
.
12" MIN.
>
8
"
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
PUSH SIDE
48
"
M
I
N
.
<
8
"
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE, AT ALCOVE
(A) NO LATCH
OR CLOSER
(B) DOOR
PROVIDED WITH
A LATCH AND
CLOSER
PULL SIDE
60
"
M
I
N
.
(32" MIN. CLR.)
3'-0" DOOR MIN.
18" MIN.
<
8
"
(A) NO LATCH
OR CLOSER
(B) DOOR
PROVIDED WITH
A LATCH AND
CLOSER
OBSTRUCTIO
N IS
ALLOWED IF
LESS THAN
8" BEYOND
FACE OF
DOOR
OBSTRUCTI
ON IS
ALLOWED
IF LESS
THAN 8"
BEYOND
FACE OF
DOOR
L O B B Y
IF BOTTOM OF OBJECT
IS AT OR BELOW 27"
IF BOTTOM OF OBJECT
IS ABOVE 27"
CANE
DETECTION
AREA.
PROTECT
SHADED AREA
FROM CROSS-
TRAFFIC
THIS
IS A
SIGN
CANE DETECTION:
RECOMMENDED BARRIER
INCLUDES CANE DETECTION RAIL
WITHIN 6" OF FLOOR.
27
"
M
A
X
.
80
"
M
I
N
.
HI
G
H
E
R
T
H
A
N
2
7
"
LO
W
E
R
T
H
A
N
8
0
"
PER ANSI 117.1
4" MAX. TYP.
4" MAX.
80
"
C
L
E
A
R
HI
G
H
E
R
T
H
A
N
2
7
"
27
"
O
R
L
E
S
S
ANY AMOUNT
POST MOUNTED
PROTRUDING
OBJECTS
6"
VERTICAL CLEARANCES
1 1/2"
33
"
M
I
N
T
O
FI
N
I
S
H
F
L
O
O
R
33
"
A
T
S
I
D
E
G
R
A
B
AB
V
.
F
I
N
I
S
H
F
L
O
O
R
AT
P
U
B
L
I
C
U
S
E
1 1/4" - 1 1/2" DIA.
STAINLESS STEEL TUBING
MOUNTING BRACKET
SMOOTH NON-ABRASIVE
FINISH SURFACE
BACKING AND
ATTACHMENTS, AS
REQUIRED. REFER TO
INTERIOR PARTITION
DETAIL SHEET FOR
ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION.
NOTES:
THE STRUCTURAL STRENGTH OF GRAB
BARS, TUB AND SHOWER SEAT
FASTENERS, AND MOUNTING DEVISES
SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING
SPECIFICATIONS:
1. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR OR
SEAT INDUCED BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING
MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 20
POUND POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN
THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE
MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT.
2. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR
OR SEAT BY THE APPLICATION OF A 250
POUND POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN
THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR THE
MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR OR SEAT,
AND ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR OTHER
SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY
RESTRAINED. THEN DIRECT AND
TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESS SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS.
3. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER
OR MOUNTING DEVICES FROM THE
APPLICATION OF A 250 POUND POINT LOAD
SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE
LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER
OR MOUNTING DEVICE OR THE
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, WHICHEVER
HAS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD.
4. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER
BY A DIRECT TENSION FORCE OF A 250
POUND POINT LOAD, PLUS THE MAXIMUM
MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250
POUND POINT LOAD, SHALL BE LESS THAN
THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD
BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND
SUPPORTING STRUCTURE.
5. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE
WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
MOUNTING BRACKET
ELEVATION
36
"
M
A
X
T
O
FI
N
I
S
H
F
L
O
O
R
6"
B
A
C
K
I
N
G
18" MIN.
18" MIN. TO
OBSTRUCTION
27
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
36
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
U
B
B
L
E
R
32" MIN. CLR.
ACCESSIB
LE HEIGHT
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
SPOUT SHALL BE
LOCATED 5" MAX.
FROM THE FRONT
OF THE UNIT, AND
15" MIN. FROM THE
VERTICAL
SUPPORT
18" MIN. TO
OBSTRUCTION
STANDARD
HEIGHT
DRINKING
FOUNTAIN
38
"
-
4
3
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
U
B
B
L
E
R
(IF ONLY ONE FIXTURE IS PROVIDED IN ALCOVE)
30" X 48" CLEAR
FLOOR SPACE IN
FORWARD
APPROACH,
CENTERED ON THE
FIXTURE
19
"
M
A
X
.
17
"
M
I
N
.
BENCH BACK
SUPPORT:
REQUIRED WHERE
NOT AFFIXED TO A
WALL. BACK
SUPPORT SHALL BE
42" LONG MIN.
BENCH
30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR
SPACE AT END OF
BENCH SEAT AND
PARALLEL TO THE
SHORT AXIS OF THE
BENCH
48"
20
"
M
I
N
.
-
2
4
"
M
A
X
.
2 1/2" MAX.
2"
M
A
X
.
18
"
M
I
N
.
BENCH MATERIAL:
WHERE INSTALLED IN
WET LOCATIONS, THE
SURFACE OF THE SEAT
SHALL BE SLIP
RESISTANT AND SHALL
NOT ACCUMULATE
WATER
BENCH PLAN AND CLEARANCES
BENCH SECTION AT BACK
SUPPORT
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
5
P
M
TYP. MANEUVERING
ACCESSIBILITY
DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
3/8" = 1'-0"1
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT OPEN
DOORWAYS OR POCKET DOORS
3/8" = 1'-0"2
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT
SWINGING DOORS
3/8" = 1'-0"3
WHEELCHAIR CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
AND TURNING SPACE REQUIREMENTS
3/8" = 1'-0"4 ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE DIAGRAMS
1/2" = 1'-0"5
TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE BASE CABINET
DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"7 ACCESSIBILITY DIAGRAMS
3/8" = 1'-0"6
MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT
RECESSED DOORS
1/4" = 1'-0"8 PROTRUDING OBJECT CLEARANCES
3" = 1'-0"9 GRAB BAR MOUNTING DETAIL
1/2" = 1'-0"10
DRINKING FOUNTAIN ALCOVE
INSTALLATION
1/2" = 1'-0"11 ACCESSIBLE BENCH DETAIL
No. Description Date
SIDE WALL
SWITCHES
DOUBLE LAVATORY COUNTERTOP COUNTERTOP SECTION
INSULATE ALL
HOT WATER
AND DRAIN
PIPING UNDER
COUNTER, TYP.
TOILET PAPER
HOLDER
GRAB
BARS
RESTROOM SIDE WALL RESTROOM REAR WALL
WATER CLOSET:
FLUSH LEVER LOCATED
ON THE OPEN SIDE
URINAL:
13 1/2" MIN.
PROJECTION FROM
WALL
MIRROR:
35" TO BOTTOM OF
MIRROR WHERE NOT
ABOVE SINKS OR
COUNTERS
NOTE:
1. THE INTERIOR ELEVATION FEATURES AND HEIGHTS DEPICTED IN THESE DIAGRAMS ARE
TYPICAL, FOR REFERENCE ONLY, IN THE PROJECT. REFER TO PROJECT PLANS AND
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR SPECIFIC LAYOUTS.
2. SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMITTALS FOR ALL FIXTURES, CABINETS, EQUIPMENT, AND
ACCESSORIES SHALL REFLECT ALL CALIFORNIA STATE AND A.D.A. ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS.
3. REFER TO THE GRAB BAR MOUNTING DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON GRAB
BAR BACKING AND ATTACHMENTS.
48
"
M
A
X
.
18" MIN.
34
"
M
A
X
.
OP
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
A
R
T
40
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
H
I
G
H
E
S
T
18"
17
"
M
A
X
.
33
"
M
I
N
.
-
3
6
"
M
A
X
.
12" MIN.
36" MIN.
24" MIN.
33
"
M
I
N
.
-
3
6
"
M
A
X
.
12" MAX.42" MIN.
54" MIN.
24" MIN.
7"- 9"
19
"
VERTICAL
GRAB BAR
(WHERE
REQUIRED,
PER ANSI
117.1)
44
"
M
A
X
.
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
H
E
I
G
H
T
RE
F
L
E
C
T
I
V
E
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
40
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
17
"
-
1
9
"
34
"
M
A
X
.
LAVATORY:
SINK DEPTH TO BE 6 1/2"
MAX.
18" MIN.30" MIN. CLR.18" MIN.60" MIN. CLR.
29
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
9"
M
I
N
.
MIRROR
18" MIN.AT
C
O
U
N
T
E
R
E
D
G
E
29
"
M
I
N
.
MI
N
.
9"
8" MIN.
MIN.
11"
34
"
M
A
X
.
24"
RESTROO
M
ACCESSO
RY
39
"
M
I
N
.
-
4
1
"
M
A
X
.
18
"
M
I
N
.
39" - 41" MAX.
29
"
M
I
N
.
27
"
M
I
N
.
1
1
/
2
"
M
I
N
C
L
R
60" MIN.
56
"
M
I
N
.
48
"
M
I
N
.
RESTROOM LAYOUT PLAN NOTE:
WHERE THE RESTROOM IS FOR INDIVIDUAL USE AND A
CLEAR SPACE OF 30" X 48" IS PROVIDED IN THE ROOM
BEYOND THE ARC OF THE DOOR SWING, THE DOOR
SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SWING INTO THE CLEAR FLOOR
SPACE OR CLEARANCE FOR ANY FIXTURE
DOOR PERMITTED TO SWING
OVER HATCHED PORTION OF
MANEUVERING SPACE
WATER
CLOSE
T
18"
LAVATORY AND
COUNTERTOP SHALL NOT
ENCROACH INTO THE CLEAR
FLOOR SPACE REQUIRED AT
THE WATER CLOSET
UNOBSTRUCTE
D CLEARANCE
SPACE SHOWN
HATCHED
TYPICAL RESTROOM PLAN
RE
F
L
E
C
T
I
V
E
S
U
R
F
A
C
E
40
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
B
O
T
T
O
M
O
F
FLEXIBLE
SHOWER SPRAY
HOSE, 60" MIN.
LONG, AND
SINGLE LEVER
MIXING VALVE
CONTROL
60" MIN. CLR. (FACE OF FINISH)
(F
A
C
E
O
F
F
I
N
I
S
H
)
30
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
SLOPE TO
DRAIN, 2%
MAX., TYP.
30
"
6" MAX.
6"
M
A
X
.
A 36" WIDE X 60" LONG
MIN. CLEARANCE SHALL
BE PROVIDED ADJACENT
TO THE OPEN FACE OF
THE SHOWER
COMPARTMENT
FOLDING SEAT,
PER ACCESSIBLE
FOLDING SHOWER
SEAT DETAIL
33
"
M
I
N
.
-
3
6
"
M
A
X
.
SHOWER SPRAY UNIT
AND CONTROL ZONE.
THE CENTERLINE OF
OPERABLE PARTS
FOR THE CONTROLS
AND FAUCETS SHALL
BE 39" TO 41" AFF
GRAB BAR.
PROVIDE
BACKING AS
REQUIRED.
REFER TO
GRAB BAR
MOUNTING
DETAIL FOR
MORE
INFORMATION.
19"
27"
SIDE WALL ELEVATION
19
"
M
A
X
.
17
"
M
I
N
.
FOLDING
SHOWER SEAT
SI
D
E
W
A
L
L
BACK WALL
48
"
M
A
X
.
OF
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
,
T
Y
P
.
39
"
-
4
1
"
T
O
C
E
N
T
E
R
L
I
N
E
22"- 23"
14
"
-
1
5
"
15"- 16"
2 1/2" MAX.
1
1
/
2
"
M
A
X
.
SE
A
T
W
A
L
L
15"- 16"
2 1/2" MAX.
1
1
/
2
"
M
A
X
.
SE
A
T
W
A
L
L
3"
M
A
X
.
3"
M
A
X
.
RECTANGULAR SHOWER SEAT L-SHAPED SHOWER SEAT
SH
O
W
ER
OP
E
N
I
NG
SH
O
W
ER
OP
E
N
I
NG
60" MIN. CLR. (FACE OF FINISH)
(F
A
C
E
O
F
F
I
N
I
S
H
)
36
"
M
I
N
.
C
L
R
.
36" MIN.
6" MAX.
6"
M
A
X
.
6" MAX.
FOLDING SEAT,
PER ACCESSIBLE
FOLDING SHOWER
SEAT DETAIL
SLOPE TO
DRAIN, 2%
MAX., TYP.
33
"
M
I
N
.
-
3
6
"
M
A
X
.
15"
48
"
M
A
X
.
SI
D
E
W
A
L
L
BACK WALL
FRONT WALL
OF FRONT
WALL
SIDE WALL ELEVATION
19
"
M
A
X
.
17
"
M
I
N
.
33
"
M
I
N
.
-
3
6
"
M
A
X
.
BACK WALL ELEVATION
48
"
M
A
X
.
SHOWER SPRAY
UNIT AND
CONTROL ZONE,
(OPTION B).
THE CENTERLINE
OF OPERABLE
PARTS FOR THE
CONTROLS AND
FAUCETS SHALL
BE 39" TO 41" AFF
GRAB BAR.
PROVIDE
BACKING AS
REQUIRED.
REFER TO GRAB
BAR MOUNTING
DETAIL FOR
MORE
INFORMATION.
SHOWER SPRAY
UNIT AND CONTROL
ZONE, (OPTION A).
THE CENTERLINE
OF OPERABLE
PARTS FOR THE
CONTROLS AND
FAUCETS SHALL BE
39" TO 41" AFF
GRAB BAR.
PROVIDE BACKING
AS REQUIRED.
REFER TO GRAB
BAR MOUNTING
DETAIL FOR MORE
INFORMATION.
FOLDING
SHOWER
SEAT
27"
19"
FLEXIBLE
SHOWER SPRAY
HOSE, 60" MIN.
LONG, AND
SINGLE LEVER
MIXING VALVE
CONTROL
NOTES:
WHERE LOCKERS ARE PROVIDED,
AT LEAST 5 PERCENT (5%), BUT NO
FEWER THAN ONE OF EACH TYPE,
SHALL BE PROVIDED AS
ACCESSIBLE.
30" X 48" CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
SHALL BE POSITIONED FOR EITHER
FORWARD OR PARALLEL
APPROACH.
LOCKER ELEVATION
MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR OTHER
STORAGE/LOCKER ROOM ITEMS:
1. COAT HOOKS: LOCATED WITHIN
ACCESSIBLE REACH RANGE.
REFER TO ACCESSIBLE REACH
RANGE DIAGRAMS.
2. SHELVING: LOCATED BETWEEN 40"
MIN. AND 48" MAX. FROM FINISH
FLOOR.
FO
R
O
P
E
R
A
B
L
E
P
O
R
T
I
O
N
S
48
"
M
A
X
.
A
C
C
E
S
S
I
B
L
E
H
E
I
G
H
T
15
"
M
I
N
.
MIN. HEIGHT FOR ANY
SHELF WITHIN
LOCKER
KITCHEN SINK
FAUCET CONTROLS
AND OPERATING
MECHANISMS SHALL
BE OPERABLE WITH
ONE HAND AND SHALL
NOT REQUIRE TIGHT
GRASPING, PINCHING
OR TWISTING OF THE
WRIST. MAXIMUM
FORCE TO OPERATE
IS 5 LB.
CLEARANCE LINE
FOR TOE AND
KNEE SPACE
SHOWN DASHED
HOT WATER PIPES AND
DRAIN LINE. PIPES
SHALL BE INSULATED
OR COVERED.
24" MAX.
8" MIN.
9"
M
I
N
.
27
"
M
I
N
.
OR
T
O
F
I
X
T
U
R
E
R
I
M
36
"
M
A
X
.
T
O
C
O
U
N
T
E
R
T
O
P
GARBAGE DISPOSAL,
WHERE OCCURS
11" MIN.
19" MAX. OVERLAP FOR
CLEAR FLOOR SPACE
UNOBSTRUCTED
CLEARANCE SPACE
SHOWN HATCHED
24" MIN.
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
38
"
M
I
N
.
6"
M
A
X
.
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
24" MIN.
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
26" MIN.
NOTE:
THE BATH TUB GRAB BAR
BLOCKING MAY BE OMITTED IF
UNIT TUBS WITH INTEGRAL
SURROUNDS ARE INSTALLED
WITH MANUFACTURERS
INTEGRAL BACKING THAT
MEETS THE CODE
REQUIREMENTS.
NOTES FOR GRAB BARS:
1. GRAB BAR BACKING IS REQUIRED AT ALL UNIT BATHROOMS.
2. GRAB BAR REINFORCING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES NOMINAL IN HEIGHT.
3. BATHTUBS:WHERE A BATHTUB IS INSTALLED WITH SURROUNDING WALLS, GRAB BAR
REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE LOCATED ON EACH END OF THE BATHTUB, 32 INCHES TO 38
INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR, EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 24 INCHES FROM THE FRONT EDGE OF
THE BATHTUB TOWARDS THE BACK WALL OF THE BATHTUB. GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT
SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE BACK WALL OF THE BATHTUB A MAXIMUM OF 6 INCHES ABOVE
THE BATHTUB RIM EXTENDING UPWARD TO AT LEAST 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. GRAB
BAR BACKING SHALL BE INSTALLED HORIZONTALLY TO PERMIT THE INSTALLATION OF A 48
INCH GRAB BAR WITH EACH END A MAX OF 6 INCHES FROM THE END WALLS OF THE BATHTUB.
4. SHOWERS: GRAB BAR REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED CONTINUOUS IN THE WALLS
OF THE SHOWERS 32 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. GLASS WALLED SHOWERS
SHALL PROVIDE REINFORCEMENT FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR MOUNTED OR CEILING
MOUNTED GRAB BARS.
5. TOILETS: WHERE THE TOILET IS PLACED ADJACENT TO A SIDE WALL, REINFORCEMENT
SHALL BE INSTALLED ON BOTH SIDES OR ONE SIDE AND BACK. IF REINFORCEMENT IS
INSTALLED AT THE BACK, IT SHALL BE INSTALLED BETWEEN 32 INCHES AND 38 INCHES ABOVE
THE FLOOR. THE BACKING SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 40 INCHES IN LENGTH. REINFORCEMENT
INSTALLED AT THE SIDE OF THE TOILET SHALL BE INSTALLED 32 INCHES TO 38 INCHES ABOVE
THE FLOOR. THE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE INSTALLED A MAXIMUM OF 12 INCHES FROM THE
REAR WALL AND SHALL EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 26 INCHES IN FRONT OF THE TOILET. WHERE
THE TOILET IS NOT PLACED ADJACENT TO A SIDE WALL CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING A
GRAB BAR, THE BATHROOM SHALL HAVE PROVISIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION OF FOLDAWAY
OR SIMILAR ALTERNATIVE GRAB BARS. REFER TO THE GRAB BAR BACKING DETAIL AT WATER
CLOSET WITH REDUCED SIDEWALL DETAIL.
6" MAX.48" MIN.6" MAX.
CROSS HATCHING DENOTES GRAB BAR REINFORCING FOR THE FUTURE
INSTALLATION OF DISABLED ACCESS GRAB BARS. REFER TO THE GRAB BAR
MOUNTING DETAIL FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION.
BACKING AT
TOILET
SIDE WALLBACK WALL
BACKING AT BATHTUB
SIDE WALL SIDE WALLBACK WALL
40"
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
38
"
M
I
N
.
38
"
M
I
N
.
32
"
M
A
X
.
BACKING AT SHOWER
SIDE WALL SIDE WALLBACK WALL
32
"
M
A
X
.
42" MIN.
60" MIN.
60
"
M
I
N
.
24
"
M
I
N
.
36
"
M
I
N
12" MIN.36" MIN.12" MIN.
AR
M
AR
M
BASE
FIGURE 11B-304.3.2
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
6
P
M
TYP. RESTROOM
ACCESSIBILITY
DETAILS
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
3/8" = 1'-0"1
TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM
FIXTURE HEIGHTS AND FEATURES
1/2" = 1'-0"2
STANDARD ROLL-IN SHOWER
COMPARTMENT
1" = 1'-0"3 ACCESSIBLE FOLDING SHOWER SEAT
1/2" = 1'-0"4
ALTERNATE ROLL-IN SHOWER
COMPARTMENT
1/2" = 1'-0"5 ACCESSIBLE LOCKER DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"6
TYPICAL KITCHEN SINK / WORKSPACE
COUNTER TOE AND KNEE SPACE
DETAIL
1/4" = 1'-0"7 TYPICAL GRAB BAR BACKING DETAIL
1" = 1'-0"8 T-SHAPED TURNING SPACE
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
MECHANICAL
ROOM
6"
6"
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING,
RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE
THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE
DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE
POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A
HORIZONTAL FORMAT,
FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
.
NOTE:
TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF, MEASURED TO THE
BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES MAX
AFF, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE
CHARACTER.
FABRICATED NON-GLARE
ACRYLIC HOLDER FOR 11"x17"
CHANGEABLE MAP INSERTS
WITH TACTILE HEADER AND BRAILLE
FABRICATED NON-GLARE
ACRYLIC HOLDER FOR 11"x17"
CHANGEABLE MAP INSERTS
EXIT STAIR DOWN
EVACUATION PLAN
ADDRESS
CITY, STATE, ZIP
FLOOR 1
MAP INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
FLOOR PLAN INFORMATION
MAP INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
FLOOR PLAN INFORMATION
OFFICE BATHROOMS
MECH.LOBBY
FOR FIRE, MEDICAL, OR POLICE CALL 9-1-1
CONDITION A
12
"
17"
17"
12
"
CONDITION B
EVACUATION PLAN
ADDRESS
CITY, STATE, ZIP
FLOOR 1
MAP INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
FLOOR PLAN INFORMATION
MAP INFORMATION AND GUIDELINES
FLOOR PLAN INFORMATION
OFFICE BATHROOMS
MECH.LOBBY
FOR FIRE, MEDICAL, OR POLICE CALL 9-1-1
APPLIED COPY
AND SYMBOL
IN CASE OF FIRE
DO NOT USE
ELEVATOR
USE STAIRS
FOR EXIT
7"
7"
EXIT STAIR
DOWN
6"
6"
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING,
RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE
THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE
DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE
POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A
HORIZONTAL FORMAT,
FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
.
NOTE:
TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF, MEASURED TO THE
BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES MAX
AFF, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE
CHARACTER.
MAX 60"
FROM F.F.
MAX 48"
FROM F.F.
STAIR 3
NO ROOF ACCESS
EXIT DOWN
TO LEVEL 1
G THROUGH 4
APPLIED COPY
12"
18
"
AREA OF REFUGE
IN CASE OF EMERGENCY
EXIT USING STAIRWAY IF
NOT ASSISTING OTHERS.
PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES
WILL BE ASSISTED TO SAFETY.
PRESS CALL BUTTON FOR
OTHER MEANS OF EGRESS
OR ASSISTANCE
AREA OF REFUGE
IN STAIRWELL
INSIDE STAIRWELL
OUTSIDE STAIRWELL
APPLIED COPY
AND SYMBOL
13
"
10"6"
7
1
/
2
"
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING,
RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE
THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE
DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE
POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A
HORIZONTAL FORMAT,
FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
NOTE:
TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF
THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES MAX AFF, MEASURED TO THE
BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER.
WARNING
THIS AREA CONTAINS CHEMICALS,
INCLUDING TOBACCO, KNOWN TO THE
STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE
CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER
REPRODUCTIVE HARM.
5"
8"
APPLIED
STOCK COLOR,
3M® VINYL
THESE DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS
1" HIGH
SURFACE APPLIED
VINYL COPY
THESE DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS
NOTE:
GEOMETRIC SYMBOLS AT ENTRANCES TO TOILET AND BATHING ROOMS SHALL BE
MOUNTED AT 58 INCHES (1473 MM) MINIMUM AND 60 INCHES (1524 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE
THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE MEASURED FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE
SYMBOL. WHERE A DOOR IS PROVIDED THE SYMBOL SHALL BE MOUNTED WITHIN 1 INCH
(25 MM) OF THE VERTICAL CENTERLINE OF THE DOOR.
WOMENS MENS UNISEX
12"
12"
12"12"
12".
EXIT
ROUTE
EXIT
6"
6"
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING, RAISED 1/32" MIN.
ABOVE THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A HORIZONTAL
FORMAT, FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
NOTE:
TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF, MEASURED TO THE
BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES MAX AFF,
MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER.
TACTILE EXIT SIGN SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 11B, FIND SECTION ON
SHEET G-08.
MAXIMUM
OCCUPANCY
577"
7"
APPLIED COPY
EXIT LEVEL TYPICAL LEVELS
2
1
/
2
"
2 1/2"
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING,
RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE
THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE
DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE
POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A
HORIZONTAL FORMAT,
FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
NOTE:
TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL
BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF,
MEASURED TO THE BASELINE
OF THE LOWEST TACTILE
CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES
MAX AFF, MEASURED TO THE
BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST
TACTILE CHARACTER.
2"
.
2".
NOTES:
1. PICTOGRAMS AND THEIR FIELD SHALL HAVE A NON-GLARE FINISH.
2. PICTOGRAMS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR FIELD WITH EITHER A LIGHT PICTOGRAM ON A DARK FIELD OR A
DARK PICTOGRAM ON A LIGHT FIELD.
3. PICTOGRAMS SHALL HAVE TEXT DESCRIPTORS LOCATED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM FIELD.
4. TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE 48 INCHES MIN AFF, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE LOWEST TACTILE
CHARACTER AND 60 INCHES MAX AFF, MEASURED TO THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER.
WOMENS MENS
WOMEN3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
.
6"
M
I
N
.
MEN3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
.
6"
M
I
N
.
1/4" PANEL WITH
APPLIED COPY AND SYMBOLS
5/8" HIGH MIN. LETTERING,
RAISED 1/32" MIN. ABOVE
THE BACKGROUND.
TEXT SHALL BE
DUPLICATED IN GRADE II
COMPLIANT BRAILLE.
BRAILLE SHALL BE
POSITIONED BELOW THE
CORRESPONDING TEXT IN A
HORIZONTAL FORMAT,
FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED.
UNISEX
RESTROOM3/
8
"
M
I
N
.
1/
2
"
M
A
X
.
6"
M
I
N
.
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
As indicated
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
7
P
M
TYP. SIGNAGE REQ.
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
6" = 1'-0"1 ROOM ID SIGN
1 1/2" = 1'-0"2
EMERGENCY EVACUATION MAP
SIGNAGE
6" = 1'-0"3 IN CASE OF FIRE SIGN
6" = 1'-0"4 STAIRWELL EXIT SIGN (TACTILE)
3" = 1'-0"5
STAIRWELL LEVEL ID SIGN
(NON-TACTILE)
3" = 1'-0"6 AREA OF REFUGE SIGN
6" = 1'-0"7 PROPOSITION 65 WARNING SIGN
1/2" = 1'-0"8 THESE DOORS TO REMAIN OPEN SIGN
1 1/2" = 1'-0"12 RESTROOM SIGNAGE
6" = 1'-0"10 TACTILE EXIT / EXIT ROUTE SIGN
6" = 1'-0"9 MAXIMUM OCCUPANCY SIGN
6" = 1'-0"11 STAIRWELL LEVEL ID SIGN (TACTILE)
3" = 1'-0"13 PICTOGRAM SIGNAGE
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A RCHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S De Lacey Ave. Unit #210
Pasadena, CA 91105
(760) 673-6837
(760) 673-2550
info@369architects.com
4/
9
/
2
0
2
5
3
:
2
4
:
4
7
P
M
TYP. SIGNAGE REQ.
NOTES
1414 W EDINGER AVE, SANTA
ANA, CA 92704
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
Checker
J.F.
03/27/25
24001
No. Description Date
1 PLAN CHECK 1 02/06/25
11B-703.3.2 Position.
Braille shall be positioned below the correspoonding text in a horizontal format,
flush left or centered. If text is multilined, Braille shall be place below the entire text.
Braille shall be separated 3/8 inch (9.55mm) minimum and 1/2 inch (12.7 mm)
maximum from any other tactile characters and 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum from
raised borders and decorative elements.
Exception : Braille provided on elevator car controls shall be sepparated 3/16 inch
( 4.8 mm) minimum and shall be located directly below the correspondin raised
characters or symbols.
11B-703.3.1 Dimensions and capitalization.
Braille dots shall have domed or rounded shape and shall comply with Table
11B-703.3.1. The indication of an uppercase letter or letters shall only be used
before the first word of sentences, proper nouns and names, individual letters of
the alphabet, initials and acronyms.
11B-703.2 Raised Characters
Raised characters shall comply with Section 11B-703.2 and shall be duplicated in
Braille complying with Section 11B-703.3. Raised characters shall be installed in
accordance with Section 11B-703.4.
11B-703.2.1 Depth
Raised characters shall be 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) minimum above their background.
11B-703.2.2 Case
Characters shall be uppercase.
11B-703.2.3 Style
Characters shall be sans serif. Characters shall not be italic, oblique, script, highly
decorative, or of other unusual forms.
11B-703.2.4 Character Proportions
Characters shall be selected from fonts where the width of the uppercase letter "O"
is 60 percent minimum and 110 percent maximum of the height of the uppercase
letter "I".
11B-703.2.5 Character Height
Diagram
Character height measured vertically from the baseline of the character shall be 5/8
inch (15.9 mm) minimum and 2 inches (51 mm) maximum based on the height of
the uppercase letter "I".
11B-703.2.6 Stroke Thickness
Stroke thickness of the uppercase letter "I" shall be 15 percent maximum of the
height of the character.
11B-703.2.7 Character Spacing
Character spacing shall be measured between the two closest points of adjacent
raised characters within a message, excluding word spaces. Where characters
have rectangular cross sections, spacing between individual raised characters shall
be 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width
maximum. Where characters have other cross sections, spacing between individual
raised characters shall be 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) minimum and 4 times the raised
character stroke width maximum at the base of the cross sections, and 1/8 inch (3.2
mm) minimum and 4 times the raised character stroke width maximum at the top of
the cross sections. Characters shall be separated from raised borders and
decorative elements 3/8 inch (9.5 mm) minimum.
11B-703.2.8 Line Spacing
Spacing between the baselines of separate lines of raised characters within a
message shall be 135 percent minimum and 170 percent maximum of the raised
character height.
11B-703.2.9 Format
Text shall be in a horizontal format.
11B-703 SIGNS 1013 EXIT SIGNS11B-703.4.2 Location
Where a tactile sign is provided at a door, the sign shall be located alongside the
door at the latch side. Where a tactile sign is provided at double doors with one
active leaf, the sign shall be located on the inactive leaf. Where a tactile sign is
provided at double doors with two active leafs, the sign shall be located to the right
of the right hand door. Where there is no wall space at the latch side of a single
door or at the right side of double doors, signs shall be located on the nearest
adjacent wall. Signs containing tactile characters shall be located so that a clear
floor space of 18 inches (457 mm) minimum by 18 inches (457 mm) minimum,
centered on the tactile characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing
between the closed position and 45 degree open position. Where provided, signs
identifying permanent rooms and spaces shall be located at the entrance to, and
outside of the room or space. Where provided, signs identifying exits shall be
located at the exit door when approached in the direction of egress travel.
1013.5 Internally Illuminated Exit Signs
Electrically powered, self-luminous and photoluminescent exit signs shall be
listed and labeled in accordance with UL 924 and shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and Chapter 27. Exit signs shall
be illuminated at all times.
1013.1 Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign
readily visible from any direction of egress travel. The path of egress travel to
exits and within exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs to clearly
indicate the direction of egress travel in cases where the exit or the path of
egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Intervening means of
egress doors within exits shall be marked by exit signs. Exit sign placement shall
be such that any point in an exit access corridor or exit passageway is within 100
feet (30 480 mm) or the listed viewing distance of the sign, whichever is less,
from the nearest visible exit sign.
1013.6 Externally illuminated exit signs shall comply with Sections 1013.6.1
through 1013.6.3.
1013.6.2 Exit Sign Illumination
The face of an exit sign illuminated from an external source shall have an
intensity of not less than 5 footcandles (54 lux).
1013.6.3 Power Source
Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To ensure continued illumination for a
duration of not less than 90 minutes in case of primary power loss, the sign
illumination means shall be connected to an emergency power system provided
from storage batteries, unit equipment or an on-site generator. The installation of
the emergency power system shall be in accordance with Chapter 27. Group I-2
exit sign illumination shall not be provided by unit equipment batteries only.
Exception: Approved exit sign illumination types that provide continuous
illumination independent of external power sources for a duration of not less than
90 minutes, in case of primary power loss, are not required to be connected to an
emergency electrical system.
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-1.0
NOTES, SYMBOLS
AND ELECTRICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-2.0
EXISTING SINGLE LINE
DIAGRAM AND
PANEL SCHEDULES
JJJJ
J
J
J
J L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1
L-1L-1 L-1L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1L-1L-1L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1L-1
L-1
L-1
L-1 L-1
L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1 L-1
9' - 0"
10' - 0"
9' - 0"
L-2
L-2L-2
L-2
L-2
L-2 L-2
L-2
L-2
L-4
L-4L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4 L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
L-4
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
PLAY AREA
121
TOILET
123
TOILET
124
OFFICE/IT
122
CORRIDOR
137
EXAM ROOM
133
LAB
126
COATS
138
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
L-2 LED
LED
0-10V DIMMABLE
INTEGRAL DRIVER
L-3
L-1 2X4 LED ARCHITECTURAL TROPFER
WALL OR PENDANT MOUNTED
DIRECTIONAL EXIT WITH
EMERGENCY BATTERY BACK-UP
EXIT DISCHARGE ILLUMINATION
PER 2010 CBC / SECTION 1006, 1011
EMERGENCY BATTERY SHALL BE RATED
FOR MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTE AT FULL LOAD.
120
120
120
LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
DESCRIPTIONFIXTURE
TYPE
MANUFACTURER/MODEL #LAMPS WATT REMARKSSYMBOLVOLT
L-4
0-10V DIMMABLE
INTEGRAL DRIVER
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
VERIFY WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT EXACT MANUFACTURER
CONTACT PERSON : TAMI JOHNSON (626-775 6121) CALIFORNIA LTG. SALES
EMERGI - LITE : #RMPR20M-120W
L-5
4.5"Ø LED RECESSED DOWN LIGHT
WALL MOUNTED
LED EMERGENCY LIGHT(BUG-EYES)
LED
LED 120
34.2W
9W
RATED FOR DAMP LOCATION
EMERGENCY BATTERY SHALL BE RATED
FOR MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTE AT FULL LOAD.EMERGI - LITE : #ELXN 400-R13
RED LETTERS
NOT USED
H.E.WILLIAMS
MODEL: #AT2-24-L40/840-DIM-120
OR EQUAL WITH SAME OR LESS WATTAGE
H.E.WILLIAMS:
MODEL: #4DR-TL-L10/827-DIM-120
OR EQUAL WITH SAME WATTAGE
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEDULE
DIMMER SWITCH (0-10 DIMMER)
DS710-10Z
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
OCCUPANCY SENSOR (CEILING MOUNT)
OSC20-M0W WITH POWER PACK
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
VACANCY SENSOR
OSSMT-GDW
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
DAYLIGHT SENSOR (MULTI ZONE)
ODCOP-DOW
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
DAYLIGHT SENSOR (SINGLE ZONE)
ODCOP-DOW
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
OCCUPANCY SENSOR 50% DIMMING)
ODCOP-DOW
LEVITON OR LUTRONMANUFACTURER:
CATALOG:
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
VERIFY WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT EXACT MANUFACTURER
120VAC CIRCUIT WITH LOCK- ON
CIRCUIT BREAKER
L N
TC
C1
LATCH
CR
CR UNLATCH
CEC CERTIFIED 7-DAY, 24- HOUR, 2- CHANNEL
DIGITAL TIME CLOCK APPROVED FOR CALIFORNIA
TITLE 24 USE. INTERMATIC #ET90215C TIMECLOCK
TO BE 365 DAY PROGRAMMABLE.
COIL CLEARING CONTACTS
(SUPPLIED)
EXTERIOR SIGNAGE
C2
LATCH
CR
CR UNLATCH
COIL CLEARING CONTACTS
(SUPPLIED)
INDIVIDUAL CONTROL LIGHTING DIMMER/
SWITCHES. LOCATE WHERE SHOWN ON
DRAWINGS.
EMERG/EXIT LIGHTS TO
BYPASS ALL SWITCHING
P1-13
PC
INTERMATIC PHOTOCELL
MOUNTED ON ROOF FACING NORTH
P1-3
P1-2 SHOW WINDOW REC.
OFC./IT/TOILETS/PLAY AREA -
LTG.
P1-5
EXTERIOR LIGHTING
SPARE
P1-4
P1-7 EXAM ROOMS - LTG.
MULTI-POLE, 20 AMP, 600V., MECHANICALLY HELD
LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH 2- WIRE CONTROL RELAY
AND 120V AC COIL - G.E. #CR463M60CJA10A0 OR EQUAL.
MULTI-POLE, 20 AMP, 600V., MECHANICALLY HELD
LIGHTING CONTACTOR WITH 2- WIRE CONTROL RELAY
AND 120V AC COIL - G.E. #CR463M60CJA10A0 OR EQUAL.
0-2 HOUR SPRING WOUND TIMER WITHOUT
HOLD FOR TEMPORARY TIMECLOCK BYPASS.
TORK #A502-HW, PROVIDED BY G.C. LOCATE
NEXT TO OTHER LIGHTING CONTROL SWITCH.
LABEL AS "TIME CLOCK OVERRIDE".
SHOW WINDOW REC.
P1-1
SPARE
P1-6 SHOW WINDOW REC.
P1-8 SHOW WINDOW REC.
P1-10 SHOW WINDOW REC.
P1-12 SHOW WINDOW REC.
UTILITY/LOUNGE/HALL/LAB/
RECEPTION - LTG.
P1-9
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-3.0
1/4" = 1'-0"-
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING
FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTING,
LTG. FIXT. SCHED.,
AND SPECIFIC NOTES
FEC
FE
C
FE
C
FEC
MSB
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
PLAY AREA
121
TOILET
123
TOILET
124
OFFICE/IT
122
CORRIDOR
137
EXAM ROOM
133
LAB
126
COATS
138
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
P2
P1
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-3.1
FLOOR PLAN - POWER,
AND SPECIFIC NOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"
-FLOOR PLAN - POWER
1
EXISTING
RTU
1
EXISTING ROOF
EXISTING
RTU
2
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-3.2
ROOF/HVAC PLAN
AND SPECIFIC NOTES
1/4" = 1'-0"
-ROOF/HVAC PLAN
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSE D A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
E-4.0
INDOOR LIGHTING
COMPLIANCE
TITLE 24 FORMS
FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS
DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE
PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD
CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS
NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER
PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE
DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT.
CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER
BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST.
BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL
CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR
ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES,
THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT
DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.
ALL WORK TO COMPLY WITH 2022 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE.
FOR INSTALLATION IN SUCH AREAS.
ALL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING (COMMUNICATION, POWER, FIRE ALARM, ETC.) INSTALLED IN A PLENUM SHALL BE LISTED
15.
14.
26.
25.
24.
CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL NECESSARY PERMITS, FEES AND LICENSED AS REQUIRED.
CONDITION OF FINAL PAYMENT BEING RELEASED.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A SCHEDULE OF MATERIAL AS-BUILT. SAID AS-BUILT SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO, AND AS A
23.
22.
21.
20.
19.
18.
NO WATER PIPING IS ALLOWED ABOVE THE ELEC. ROOM, TELEPHONE SWITCH ROOM AND DATA/COMMUNICATION ROOM.
TO OWNER, FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE TENANT OCCUPANCY.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY TO REPLACE ALL FAULTY MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR, AT NO COST
ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED, ERECTED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CMC CHAPTER 6.
1.
2.
3.DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS AND TITLE 24.
RUN ALL DUCTS AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE STRUCTURE ABOVE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
TO ORDERING.
FOR A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF OWNER ACCEPTANCE.
OF IT. AREA SHALL BE LEFT IN A CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER.
DUCT AND PIPE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE NET INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS.
11.
12.
13.
SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
OWNER AND ONE (1) SET OF HARD COPY TO MARS ENGINEERING. IN ADDITION TO THIS REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY
10.
CEILING SPACES USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL FULLY COMPLY WITH ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 601.1-601.2.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN WARRANTY TO REPLACE ALL FAULTY MATERIALS AND/OR LABOR AT NO COST TO OWNER
CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE VOLTAGE AND PHASE OF EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT WITH THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR PRIOR
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS FOR ALL NEW AND EXISTING EQUIPMENT LOCATED ABOVE HARD LID CEILING.
CONTRACTOR SHALL SEAL ALL UNUSED DUCT OPENINGS AND REPAIR ALL LEAKING DUCTS AS PART OF THIS WORK.
MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN DUCTS OR PLENUMS SHALL HAVE A FLAME-SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE
UPON COMPLETION OF WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN AND REMOVE ALL DEBRIS ASSOCIATED WITH HIS/HER WORK AND DISPOSE
DEVELOPED RATING OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UNIFORM BUILDING CODE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL LAYOUT THE DRAWING PER CONTRACT DOCUMENT AS MUCH AS POSSIBLE. ANY SIGNIFICANT DEVIATION IN LAYOUT
CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT THREE (3) SETS OF HARD COPIES AND ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF AS-BUILTS TO THE BUILDING
16.
17.
THE DUCTWORK UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE.
ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH NON-RATED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROPERLY AND GENEROUSLY CAULKED WITH NON-SHRINKING TYPE
SOUND RESISTANT MATERIAL SUCH AS SILICONE. USE ACOUSTICAL SEALANT AROUND DUCTS INSTALLED INTO ACOUSTICAL PARTITIONS.
RUN ALL DUCTS AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO STEEL BEAMS. ALL PIPING OTHER THAN FOR CONDENSATE SHALL BE ROUTED ABOVE
SEAL ALL DUCTS AND JOINTS WITH HIGH VELOCITY, WATER BASED, UL-FIRE RATED DUCT SEALER.
CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE LINED TRANSFER DUCTS, SIZED PER OUR DETAIL, FOR ALL ROOMS ENCLOSED BY FULL HEIGHT WALL ON
ALL SIDES. ALL EXISTING INSULATION ON THE MAIN DUCTWORK THAT IS LOOSE OR DAMAGED SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR.
CONTRACTOR SHALL REPAIR OR REPLACE ALL DAMAGED DUCT SUPPORTS FOR THE MAIN DUCTWORK.
ALL SUPPLY CEILING DIFFUSERS AND RETURN GRILLES SHALL BE CLEARED OF MAIN HVAC DUCT LOOP.
WITH CLOSE-OUT REQUIREMENTS AS SPECIFIED UNDER GENERAL PROVISIONS AND DIVISION 15.
PROVIDE TEMPORARY FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. REPLACE TEMPORARY FILTERS WITH PERMANENT FOR ALL A/C UNITS
INCLUDING THE BASE BUILDING MAIN AIR HANDLING UNIT SERVING EACH FLOOR.
ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 6 OF THE MECHANICAL CODE. DUCT GAUGES SHALL BE PER TABLE 6-A, 6-B AND 6-C.
ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL AND GAUGE 26 MINIMUM. DUCTWORKS SHALL BE FABRICATED AND INSTALLED IN
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION NOTES
MECHANICAL NOTES
12.
11.
10.
9.
8.
7.
6.
5.
4.
3.
2.
AND SHALL BE TIED-IN TO THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. CONNECTION TO FIRE ALARM FOR
SUPERVISION ONLY.
ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED AND SEISMICALLY RESTRAINED PER THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING
CODE, UNIFORM MECHANICAL CODE AND SMACNA STANDARD.
DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS
SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS THAT ARE INSTALLED WITHIN 5'-0" OF THE DAMPER.
PENETRATING RATED WALLS/CORRIDORS PER UBC AND UMC. EACH COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
DOOR SCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONS.
FIRE / SMOKE DAMPERS AND RESET THEM FOR ITS DESIGN FUNCTION. TESTING PROCEDURES AND TEST
RESULTS SHALL BE WITNESSED AND APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION.
IN CASES WHERE SHEET METAL DUCTS INTERSECT FIRE-RATED WALLS AT OTHER THAN RIGHT ANGLES,
PERPENDICULAR TO THE DUCT. FIRE DAMPER SHALL BE PROVIDED AT THE WALL ACCORDINGLY.
CONTRACTORS SHALL OFFSET THE RATED WALL ABOVE CEILING SUCH THAT THE OFFSET WALL WILL BE
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTS
ALL NON-RATED DOORS REQUIRING UNDERCUT SHALL BE 3/4 INCH MINIMUM, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
SINGLE DOORS NOT TO EXCEED 3/8". ALL UNDER CUTS TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL
ALL FIRE-RATED DOORS REQUIRING UNDERCUT SHALL BE: DOUBLE DOORS NOT TO EXCEED 1/4" AND
PROVIDED FOR ALL DUCTS PENETRATING FIRE AND/OR SMOKE PARTITIONS AS REQUIRED BY CODE. SEE
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR THE EXACT LOCATION OF FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PARTITIONS.
FIRE DAMPERS, COMBINATION FIRE / SMOKE DAMPERS AND THE NECESSARY ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE
ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THAT AREA.
SIGNIFICANTLY FROM THOSE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AFFECT MECHANICAL WORK, INFORM
ALL DUCTWORK, PIPINGS, CABLE TRAY, BEAMS AND BUILDING STRUCTURE. IF FIELD CONDITIONS DIFFER
DESIGN INTENT ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE FULLY COORDINATED SHOP DRAWINGS SHOWING
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE MATERIAL AND LABOR TO PHYSICALLY TEST ALL FIRE AND COMBINATION
LOCATION OF DUCTWORK IS APPROXIMATE. ALL DRAWINGS AND LAYOUTS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC TO SHOW
NO ADDITIONAL COSTS WILL BE PAID FOR ANY REQUIRED TRANSITIONS, BEAM BOXES OR OTHER SPECIAL
SHOWN COORDINATE CLOSELY WITH OTHER SECTIONS TO REDUCE NECESSITY OF TRANSITION TO A MINIMUM.
CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTE THE CRITICAL SPACE AVAILABLE ABOVE CEILINGS. PROVIDE TRANSITION PIECES
AND BEAM BOXES AT CROSSOVERS, UNDER BEAMS, OVER/UNDER PIPES AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE
TO ACCOMMODATE DUCTS WITHIN SPACE AVAILABLE. PROVIDE EQUIVALENT DUCT SIZE TO THE DIAMETER
CHANGE SHAPE PIECES.
WRITING 48 HOURS IN ADVANCE OF WORK ACTIVITY THROUGH THE BUILDING MANAGER.
ALL REQUEST FOR ACCESS OR CONNECTIONS, INCLUDING THOSE NOTED BELOW MUST BE MADE IN
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY.
PROTECT AND MAINTAIN ALL RETURN AIR DUCT OPENING WITH PROPER FILTER MEDIA DURING ALL
ALL SYMBOLS SHOWN ON SYMBOL LIST ARE NOT NECESSARILY USED ON THIS PROJECT.13.
14.
INDICATE CREDIT DUE TO OWNER, IF ANY, BECAUSE OF THE CHANGES. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE
AND ADDITIONS OR CHANGES IN THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE THE
IF ANY EQUIPMENT SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR IS DIFFERENT FROM THAT SPECIFIED, OR REQUIRE
CHANGES IN MATERIAL OR LABOR FROM THAT REQUIRED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AFFECTING THIS
AND/OR OTHER TRADES, SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE SUBMITTED AS SHOP DRAWINGS. SUBMITTALS SHALL
RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT CHARGES RESULTING FROM THE REVIEW OF SUBSTITUTED EQUIPMENT
REQUESTED MODIFICATION. ALL CHANGES SHALL BE SHOWN ON RECORD AND ASBUILT DRAWINGS.
THESE DRAWINGS INDICATE THE FINISHED REQUIREMENTS FOR THE MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS.
DUE TO THE STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS, MECHANICAL DUCT OR PIPING INTERFERENCE, RETAINED EXISTING
FACILITIES OR OTHER REASONS, THE CONTRACTOR MAY DESIRE TO INSTALL WORK IN A MANNER DIFFERENT
FROM THAT SHOWN. SUCH CHANGES SHALL BE PRESENTED TO THE OWNER/ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL
BEFORE PROCEEDING, AND THE RECORD DRAWINGS SHALL BE ACCURATELY REVISED TO SHOW THE
CHANGES AS COMPLETED.
15.
ALL WORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, LOCAL
CITY, TITLE 24, UNIFORM MECHANICAL & PLUMBING CODES, LOCAL MECHANICAL CODE
AMMENDMENTS AND ALL OTHER GOVERNING CODES AND ORDINANCES.
1.
16.
SYSTEMS OR OTHER TENANT'S INPROVEMENTS.
ALL UNDER FLOOR CONDUIT AND PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH BUILDING
17.THERE SHALL BE NO PLUMBING PIPING THROUGH ELECTRICAL AND OR COMMUNICATION ROOMS.
2.
DOCUMENT WILL BE APPROVED.
RELOCATION OF DUCTWORKS, PIPINGS AND EQUIPMENTS TO MEET THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT
AND EQUIPMENTS TO ACHIEVE THE REQUIRED CEILING HEIGHTS. NO CHANGE ORDERS RELATED TO
SHALL INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL THE WORK NECESSARY TO RELOCATE THE EXISTING PIPINGS, DUCTWORKS
INDICATED ON ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND WEATHER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS OR NOT. CONTRACTOR
PRIOR TO BIDDING, CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY EXAMINE ALL THE CEILING HEIGHT REQUIREMENTS
WORK AND DO NOT SHOW THE OFFSET AND EXACT LOCATION OF DUCTWORKS, PIPINGS AND EQUIPMENT.
ENGINEER DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMATIC. THEY ARE MEANT TO DESCRIBE THE INTEND OF THE REQUIRED
THE ENTIRE SCOPE OF WORK OF THE PROJECT.
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, AND PRIOR TO BIDDING CAREFULLY STUDY AND REVIEW
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS,
CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN THE ENTIRE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO1.
SPECIAL NOTES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. WORK UNDER THIS SECTION INCLUDES ALL LABOR, EQUIPMENT, MATERIAL,
SERVICES, TRANSPORTATION, ETC. REQUIRED FOR AND REASONABLY INCIDENTAL
TO THE COMPLETE AND SATISFACTORY INSTALLATION OF ALL OF THE HVAC
SYSTEMS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFIED HEREIN.
B. VISIT THE SITE OF WORK. COMPARE THE EXISTING CONDITIONS WITH THE
DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AS TO THE CONDITIONS TO WHICH THE WORK IS
TO BE PERFORMED. ASCERTAIN AND CHECK ALL CONDITIONS AND ELEVATIONS
AND TAKE ALL MEASURMENTS WHICH MAY EFFECT THE WORK. NO ALLOWANCE
SHALL SUBSEQUENTLY BE MADE FOR ANT ADDITIONAL EXPENSES OR CLAIMS DUE
TO THE FAILURE OR NEGLECT UNDER THIS SECTION TO MAKE SUCH EXAMINATION,
INCLUDING EXAMINATION OF CONFINED WORKING CONDITIONS OR SUCH OTHER
DIFFICULTIES VISUALLY OBSERVED DURING THE SITE VISIT.
1.2 WORK INCLUDED IN THIS SECTION:
A. METAL DUCTS AND ACCESSORIES INCLUDING AIR TERMINAL UNITS, DIFFUSERS,
REGISTERS AND GRILLES.
B. PIPE AND DUCT INSULATION.
C. TEST AND BALANCE.
D. SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS.
E. RECORD DRAWINGS, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING
GUARANTEES.
1.3 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE
A. ELECTRICAL SUPPLY TO UNITS. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. AABC - NATIONAL STANDARDS FOR FIELD MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION,
TOTAL SYSTEM BALANCE.
B. CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE - 2022 EDITION.
C. SMACNA - HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.
1.5 SUBMITTALS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
A. PREPARE AND SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS (PLANS AND SECTIONS) OF ALL AREAS
OF THE PROJECT. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE COORDINATED, DIMENSIONED, AND
INDICATE EQUIPMENT, DUCT, PIPE, AND ELECTRICAL IN RELATION TO
ARCHITECTURAL AND STRUCTURE FEATURES. INDICATE EXACT LOCATIONS AND
ELEVATIONS OF VALVES, PIPING SPECIALTIES, ACCESS DOORS, AIR OUTLETS,
DAMPERS, ETC. HIGHLIGHT ANY DEVIATIONS IN WORK FROM WHAT IS INDICATED
ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. MINIMUM SCALE: ¼" = 1'-0".
B. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT: AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER AWARD OF THE
CONTRACT, AND BEFORE THEIR PURCHASE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO
THE ARCHITECT SEVEN BOUND BOOKLETS FOR APPROVAL CONTAINING A
COMPLETE LIST OF MATERIALS, SPECIALTIES AND EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR IS TO
FURNISH FOR THE INSTALLATION. LITERATURE SHALL BE STANDARD
MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG CUTS AND ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED SHALL BE
CLEARLY INDICATED. ALL SUBMITTALS SHALL BE MADE AT ONE TIME.
C. DETAILED PROCEDURES, AGENDA, SAMPLE REPORT FORMS, AND COPY OF AABC
NATIONAL PROJECT PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE.
1.6 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. THE ENTIRE COST OF ALL CHANGES OF ANY TYPE DUE TO SUBSTITUTION FOR
MATERIALS SPECIFIED SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR AT NO EXTRA COST
TO THE OWNER.
1.7 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE AND PAY FOR ONE SET OF WHITE PRINTS OF
THE HVAC DRAWINGS, WHICH HE SHALL ALTER IN RED TO SHOW ALL CHANGES
MADE TO THE ORIGINAL LAYOUT. THESE DRAWINGS SHALL BE KEPT CURRENT.
1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
A. SUBMIT TWO SETS PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION, BOUND IN 8-1/2 X 11 INCH
TEXT PAGES, BINDERS WITH DURABLE PLASTIC COVERS. PREPARE BINDER
COVERS WITH PRINTED TITLE "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", AND
TITLE OF PROJECT. INTERNALLY SUBDIVIDE THE BINDER CONTENTS WITH
PERMANENT PAGE DIVIDERS, LOGICALLY ORGANIZED AS DESCRIBED BELOW; WITH
TAB TITLING CLEARLY PRINTED UNDER REINFORCED LAMINATED PLASTIC TABS.
1.9 GUARANTEES
A. THE CONTRACTOR, IN ACCEPTING THIS CONTRACT, BINDS HIMSELF TO REPLACE
OR REPAIR AT HIS OWN EXPENSE ANY DEFECT IN WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL
WHICH MAY APPEAR WITHIN A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF THE
FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THE TENANT SPACE, AND TO PAY FOR ALL RESULTING
DAMAGE WHICH SHALL APPEAR WITHIN THE SAID PERIOD; PROVIDED ALWAYS THAT
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANYTHING ATTRIBUTABLE TO ACTS
OF THE AGENTS OF THE OWNER, OR FOR ORDINARY WEAR. ALSO, GIVEN DATE
OF WORK PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR BE ACCEPTED AS COMPLETE, HE
SHALL AGREE TO CORRECT ANY DEFICIENCIES OR OMISSIONS IN RESPECT TO THE
PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS WHICH MAY APPEAR IN THE AFORE-MENTIONED
TWENTY-FOUR MONTH PERIOD.
1.10 RULES, REGULATIONS AND CODES
A. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST
CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE, CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE, CALIFORNIA BUILDING
CODE AND LOCAL RULES AND REGULATIONS, STATE FIRE MARSHAL REGULATIONS,
THE SAFETY ORDERS OF THE DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY; THE NATIONAL
ELECTRIC CODE; THE STANDARDS OF THE NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION; AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION; OCCUPATION AND SAFETY ACT;
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE; AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERS; AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS; INSTALLATION
STANDARDS PUBLISHED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF PLUMBING AND
MECHANICAL OFFICIALS (IAPMO) AND OTHER APPLICABLE LAWS, CODES, OR
REGULATIONS. NOTHING IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO
PERMIT WORK NOT CONFORMING TO THESE CODES.
B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, WITHOUT EXTRA CHARGE, ANY ADDITIONAL
MATERIAL AND LABOR WHEN AND WHERE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH THESE
RULES AND REGULATIONS, THOUGH THE WORK BE NOT MENTIONED IN THESE
SPECIFICATIONS OR SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. WHEN THESE SPECIFICATIONS OR
DRAWINGS CALL FOR OR DESCRIBE MATERIALS OR CONSTRUCTION OF A BETTER
QUALITY OR LARGER SIZES THAN REQUIRED BY THE ABOVE MENTIONED RULES
AND REGULATIONS, THE PROVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND
ACCOMPANYING DRAWINGS SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE.
1.11 FEES AND PERMITS
A. THE CONTRACTOR MUST OBTAIN AND PAY ALL FEES FOR PERMITS, LICENSES,
INSPECTIONS, ETC., WHICH ARE REQUIRED BY ANY LEGALLY CONSTITUTED
AUTHORITY. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO BID.
1.12 COORDINATION
A. FOLLOWING THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AS
CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE
ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING, FIRE SPRINKLER, ELECTRICAL AND ALL
OTHER TRADES PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT TO
VERIFY ADEQUATE SPACE AVAILABLE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE WORK SHOWN.
THE OWNER SHALL BE IMMEDIATELY NOTIFIED IF AN AREA OF CONFLICT OCCURS
BETWEEN TRADES.
1.13 DRAWINGS
A. THE WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, HOWEVER,
CHANGES TO ACCOMMODATE INSTALLATION OF THIS WORK WITH OTHER WORK, OR
IN ORDER TO MEET ARCHITECTURAL OR STRUCTURAL CONDITIONS, SHALL BE
MADE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.
B. FOR THE PURPOSE OF CLARITY AND LEGIBILITY, THE DRAWINGS ARE ESSENTIALLY
DIAGRAMMATIC TO THE EXTENT THAT MANY OFFSETS, BONDS, UNIONS, SPECIAL
FITTINGS AND EXACT LOCATIONS ARE NOT INDICATED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
MAKE USE OF ALL DATA IN ALL OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND SHALL
VERIFY THIS INFORMATION AT THE SITE.
C. WHERE CHANGES IN INDICATED LOCATIONS OR ARRANGEMENTS ARE NECESSARY
DUE TO CONDITIONS IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION, REARRANGEMENT OF
EQUIPMENT, OR CONFLICT IN LOCATION, MAKE SUCH CHANGES AT NO COST TO
THE OWNER, PROVIDED THAT THE CHANGE IS ORDERED BEFORE PIPE, DUCTWORK
AND/OR EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED AND THAT THE LENGTH OF RUN IS NOT
REVISED BY MORE THAN FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF THE INDICATED RUN.
1.14 INSPECTION
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT ALLOW OR CAUSE ANY OF HIS WORK TO BE
COVERED UP OR CLOSED IN UNTIL IT HAS BEEN INSPECTED, TESTED, APPROVED
BY ALL AUTHORITIES HAVE JURISDICTION, AND UNTIL PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS
HAVE BEEN PROPERLY ANNOTATED.
B. SHOULD ANY OF HIS WORK BE COVERED UP OR CLOSED IN BEFORE SUCH
INSPECTION, HE SHALL, AT HIS OWN EXPENSE, UNCOVER THE WORK TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE INSPECTION PARTY. ALL RELATED REPAIR WORK COST
SHALL BE BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR.
1.15 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF PROPERTY
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY STORAGE AND SHOP AREAS THAT
ARE REQUIRED AT THE SITE FOR THE SAFE AND PROPER STORAGE OF
MATERIALS, TOOLS, AND OTHER ITEMS USED.
1. FABRICATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.
2. OPPOSED BLADE DAMPERS SHALL HAVE FACTORY-FABRICATED BLADES, WITH
FACTORY ASSEMBLED LINKAGES, MOUNTED IN FRAMES. BLADES SHALL
HAVE INTERLOCKING EDGES AND ENDS. RECTANGULAR DAMPERS 6" OR
MORE WIDE, SHALL BE THE MULTI-BLADE TYPE. BLADES ON MULTI-BLADE
TYPE DAMPERS MUST NOT BE OVER 6" WIDE. DAMPERS SHALL BE OF
THE OPPOSED BLADE TYPE. DAMPERS SHALL HAVE BAR OR CHANNEL
FRAMES AND CORNER BRACING. ALL BLADE AND LINKAGE BEARINGS SHALL
BE SELF-LUBRICATING PLASTIC. DAMPER ASSEMBLY LEAKAGE NOT TO
EXCEED 1% WITH 4.0 W.C. STATIC PRESSURE.
3. PROVIDE LOCKING, INDICATING QUADRANT REGULATORS ON SINGLE AND
MULTI-BLADE DAMPERS. MOUNT QUADRANT REGULATORS ON STANDOFF
MOUNTING BRACKETS, BASES, OR ADAPTERS.
2.6 CONTROLS
A. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE PROPER
COORDINATION OF ALL CONTROL WORK AND ELECTRICAL WORK IN CONNECTION
THEREWITH.
B. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LINE VOLTAGE
CONTROL WIRING, AND IN ALL CONDUIT. WIRE SIZING AND LENGTH OF RUN
SHALL BE CO?ORDINATED WITH THE MANUFACTURER AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEER.
ALL EMS CONTROLS, WIRING, AND CONDUIT SHALL BE BY EMS CONTRACTOR.
C. CALIBRATION OF CONTROLS: THE EMS CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY CALIBRATE
AND ADJUST ALL CONTROLS AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COMFORT CONDITIONS
AND MAXIMUM ENERGY CONSERVATION.
2.7 INSULATION
A. GENERAL:
1. ALL INSULATION SHALL HAVE COMPOSITE (INSULATION, JACKET OR FACING,
AND ADHESIVE USED TO ADHERE THE FACING OR JACKET TO THE
INSULATION) FIRE SMOKE HAZARD RATINGS AS TESTED BY PROCEDURE
ASTM E84, NFPA 255 AND UL 723 NOT EXCEEDING:
FLAME SPREAD: 25
SMOKE DEVELOPED: 50
2. THE INSULATION VALUES SHOWN ARE A MINIMUM. IF THE REQUIREMENTS
OF TITLE 24 EXCEED THESE VALUES, THE AMOUNT OF AND/OR TYPE MUST
BE INCREASED TO MEET THE TITLE 24 REQUIREMENTS.
2.8 SUPPORT AND HANGERS:
A. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORTING ELEMENTS: PROVIDE DUCTING SYSTEM
AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTING ELEMENTS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
BUILDING STRUCTURE ATTACHMENTS; SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL; HANGER RODS,
HORIZONTAL DUCT ATTACHMENTS; ANCHORS; SUPPORTS. DESIGN SUPPORTING
ELEMENTS FOR STRESSES IMPOSED BY SYSTEMS, WITH MINIMUM SAFETY FACTOR
OF 4.0 BASED ON DUCT BEING 50 PERCENT FULL OF PARTICULATE CONVEYED.
SUPPORTING ELEMENTS SHALL CONFORM TO SMACNA INDUSTRY PRACTICE,
SMACNA RECTANGLE DUCT CONSTRUCTION, AS APPLICABLE, AND MODIFIED AND
SUPPLEMENTARY REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED HEREIN. DO NOT USE WELD STUDS
AND POWDER ACTUATED ANCHORING DEVICES TO SUPPORT MECHANICAL SYSTEM
COMPONENTS WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. EQUIPMENT: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
B. DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES:
1. PROVIDE OPENINGS IN DUCTWORK WHERE REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE
THERMOMETERS AND CONTROLLERS. PROVIDE PILOT TUBE OPENINGS WHERE
REQUIRED FOR TESTING OF SYSTEMS, COMPLETE WITH METAL CAN WITH SPRING
DEVICE OR SCREW TO ENSURE AGAINST AIR LEAKAGE. WHERE OPENINGS ARE
PROVIDED IN INSULATED DUCTWORK, INSTALL INSULATION MATERIAL INSIDE A
METAL RING.
2. LOCATE DUCTS WITH SUFFICIENT SPACE AROUND EQUIPMENT TO ALLOW NORMAL
OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES.
3. INSTALL ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
4. HANGER STRAPS TO TURN UNDER BOTTOM OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND
SHALL ATTACH WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS AT THIS POINT AS WELL AS
MINIMUM TWO (2) ADDITIONAL SCREWS INTO SIDES OF DUCT FOR SIZES 18"
AND UNDER; THREE (3) SCREWS FOR SIZES ABOVE 18". (TYPICAL FOR EACH
STRAP). DUCTS IN SIZES ABOVE 48" SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS UNDER BOTTOM
OF DUCT. STRAPS FOR ROUND DUCT SHALL RUN COMPLETELY AROUND
UNDERSIDE OF DUCT AND SHALL BE SECURED IN PLACE WITH MINIMUM OF TWO
(2) SHEET METAL SCREWS EACH SIDE.
a. BRACE ALL DUCTWORK LATERALLY TO STRUCTURAL FRAMING TO
PREVENT SWAYING OR LATERAL MOVEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SMACNA "GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF MECHANICAL
SYSTEMS". WHERE GUIDELINES DO NOT ADDRESS THE SMALLER SIZE
DUCTS AND FLEXIBLE DUCTS, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SWAY
BRACING CONSISTING OF SHEET METAL STRAPS OR ANGLE IRON THAT
WILL RESTRICT ANY SWAYING TO WITHIN 2 INCHES IN ANY DIRECTION.
5. ACCESS DOORS:
a. AIRTIGHT SHEET METAL ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN DUCTS.
DOORS SHALL BE OF SIZES SHOWN, OR AS DIRECTED WHERE NO SIZES
ARE SHOWN. ALL DOORS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER SMACNA
STANDARDS OF AT LEAST THE SAME WEIGHT AS THE DUCT.
REINFORCING SHALL BE INSTALLED, TO PREVENT DISTORTION AND
VIBRATION. ALL DOORS SHALL BE FITTED WITH FELT STRIPS TO ENSURE
AIR TIGHTNESS.
b. EACH DOOR SHALL BE HUNG ON TWO (2) OR MORE HINGES. DOORS
SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH VENTLOCK NO. 100 LATCHES, OR APPROVED
EQUAL.
6. DUCT TAPE AND SEALER:
a. ALL LONGITUDINAL SNAP LOCK JOINTS SHALL BE MADE AIRTIGHT WITH
HIGH PRESSURE DUCT SEALANT TREMCO J.S. 773, GREY A.F., AND
TRANSVERSE JOINTS SEALED WITH HARDCAST AFG NO. 1402 FOIL GRIP
INSTANT TAPE SEALANT FOR RECTANGULAR DUCTS AND ROUND DUCTS,
ALL U.L. CLASSIFIED. AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION, ALL ROUND DUCT
TRANSVERSE JOINTS MAY BE MADE WITH MIRACLE D-619 WATER BASED,
DUCT SEALANT U.L. CLASSIFIED 309U AS MANUFACTURED BY MIRACLE
ADHESIVES CORP.
C. THERMOSTATS: INSTALL AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED.
COORDINATE WITH OTHER TRADES.
D. INSULATION:
1. DUCT INSULATION:
a. FIBERGLASS DUCTWRAP:
1) SECURE INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER WITH WIRES AND SEAL
JACKET JOINTS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE OR TAPE TO
MATCH JACKET.
2) SECURE INSULATION WITHOUT VAPOR BARRIER WITH STAPLES,
TAPE, OR WIRES.
3) INSTALL WITHOUT SAG ON UNDERSIDE OF DUCTWORK. USE
ADHESIVE OR MECHANICAL FASTENERS WHERE NECESSARY TO
PREVENT SAGGING. LIFT DUCTWORK OFF TRAPEZE HANGERS
AND INSERT SPACERS.
4) SEAL VAPOR BARRIER PENETRATIONS BY MECHANICAL
FASTENERS WITH VAPOR BARRIER ADHESIVE.
5) STOP AND POINT INSULATION AROUND ACCESS DOORS AND
DAMPER OPERATORS TO ALLOW OPERATION WITHOUT
DISTURBING WRAPPING.
b. DUCT (AND PLENUM) LINER APPLICATION:
1) ADHERE INSULATION WITH ADHESIVE FOR 100 PERCENT
COVERAGE. SECURE INSULATION WITH MECHANICAL LINER
FASTENERS. REFER TO SMACNA STANDARDS FOR SPACING.
SEAL AND SMOOTH JOINTS. SEAL LINER SURFACE
PENETRATIONS WITH ADHESIVE.
2) DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE NET INSIDE DIMENSIONS
REQUIRED FOR AIRFLOW. INCREASE DUCT SIZE TO ALLOW FOR
INSULATION THICKNESS.
3.3 JOB COMPLETION
A. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH THE
MANUFACTURER'S METAL IDENTIFICATION LABELS SECURELY ATTACHED AND
SHOWING ALL PERTINENT DATA, INCLUDING PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS, SIZE,
MODEL, AND SERIAL NUMBER. LABELS SHALL NOT BE OBSCURED IN ANY
MANNER.
B. FINAL OPERATION: UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION OF THE EQUIPMENT
AND AFTER ALL SYSTEMS HAVE BEEN TESTED, CLEANED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
PLACE A COMPETENT PERSON IN CHARGE WHO SHALL OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT
FOR A PERIOD OF THREE EIGHT-HOUR DAYS. DURING THIS PERIOD OF
OPERATION, ALL SAFETY AND OPERATING CONTROLS SHALL BE ACTUATED TO
DEMONSTRATE PROPER OPERATION. DURING THIS OPERATING PERIOD, THE
OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE INSTRUCTED IN ALL DETAILS OF OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE. ALL REQUIRED INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE EQUIPMENT
MANUFACTURER'S REPRESENTATIVE SHALL BE GIVEN DURING THE PERIOD.
C. CLEAN-UP:
1. AFTER ALL HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING WORK HAS BEEN
TESTED AND APPROVED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL
PARTS OF THE EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION. EXPOSED PARTS WHICH ARE TO
BE PAINTED ARE TO BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF CEMENT PLASTER AND
OTHER MATERIALS AND ALL GREASES AND OIL SPOTS REMOVED WITH
SOLVENT. EXPOSED ROUGH METAL WORK TO BE CAREFULLY BRUSHED
DOWN WITH STEEL BRUSHES TO REMOVE RUST AND OTHER SPOTS AND
LEFT IN PROPER CONDITION TO RECEIVE PAINTER'S FINISH.
2. REMOVE ALL DEBRIS FROM THE JOB SITE, ALL CARTONS, BOXES, PACKING
CRATES, EXCESS MATERIALS NOT USED OCCASIONED BY THE WORK AND TO
THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ON A DAILY BASIS ALL DEBRIS FROM
THE JOB SITE, TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER.
4. IF THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS OF CLEAN-UP ARE NOT TO THE
SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER, THE OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO ORDER
THE WORK DONE BY A THIRD PARTY AND THE COST OF WHICH SHALL BE
BORNE BY THE CONTRACTOR.
DUCT SIZECFM
18"Ø
8"Ø
6"Ø
10"Ø OR 10X8
16"Ø
14"Ø
12"Ø OR 12X10 OR 14X8
ALL DUCTWORK SHALL BE PER 2022 C.M.C.7.
GENERAL NOTES
B. WHEN THE DRAWINGS CALL FOR MATERIALS OR CONSTRUCTION OF A
BETTER QUALITY OR LARGER SIZES THAN REQUIRED BY THE ABOVE
MENTIONED CODES AND RULES, WORK SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR SHOWN
RATHER THAN AS REQUIRED BY CODE. ALL ITEMS OR FEATURES OF THE
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS REQUIRED BY CODE SHALL BE INCLUDED, EVEN
THOUGH NOT SPECIFIED HEREIN.
C. INSTALLATION OF THE SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
ABOVE MENTIONED CODES AND REGULATIONS AND ALSO SHALL CONFORM
TO GOOD, ACCEPTED MECHANICAL PRACTICES.
1. CODES, RULES AND REGULATIONS- DESIGN OF SYSTEM
A. ALL WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ACCORDANCE
WITH ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL LAWS,
ORDINANCES AND CODES.
2. CUTTING AND PATCHING: ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED OF
THE EXISTING STRUCTURE SHALL BE PROVIDED UNDER OTHER SECTIONS
OF THE WORK. PROVIDE NECESSARY REQUIREMENTS TO THE PROJECT
SUPERINTENDENT, (BY G.C.) .
0-110
400-675
675-1050
1050-1500
1500-2000
17. DUCTS SIZE FOR CFM SHOWN SHALL BE PER FOLLOWING
SCHEDULE; UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON PLAN.
15. CONCEALED BUILDING SPACES USED AS RETURN AIR PLENUMS SHALL BE OF
NON-COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL.
14. A MAINTENANCE LABEL SHALL BE AFFIXED TO MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND A
MAINTENANCE MANUAL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE OWNERS USE.
13. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING FOR ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT STRUCTURE
MOUNTED, AS REQ'D. PER LOCAL CODE, (IF APPLICABLE).
12. APPLIANCES DESIGNED TO BE FIXED IN POSITION SHALL BE FASTENED IN PLACE.
11. ROOF MOUNTED EQUIPMENT SHALL BE LABELED AS TO THE SPACE IT SERVES.
10. AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL DEVICE FOR REGULATION OF SPACE
TEMPERATURE SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING SET FROM 55 TO 85°F, AND HAVE THE
ABILITY TO OPERATE THE HEATING AND COOLING IN SEQUENCE. CONTROL SHALL BE
ADJUSTABLE TO PROVIDE A RANGE OF UP TO 5°F BETWEEN FULL HEATING AND FULL
COOLING AND HAVE CAPABILITY OF TERMINATING ALL HEATING AT A TEMPERATURE
NO MORE THAN 70°F, AND COOLING AT A TEMPERATURE NOT LESS THAN 78°F. EACH
HVAC SYTEM THERMOSTAT SHALL BE EQUIPED WITH NIGHT SETBACK FEATUR.
9. WIRING DIAGRAM IS INTENDED TO INDICATE SEQUENCE OF CONTROL AND
DOES NOT NECESSARILY SHOW ALL CONNECTIONS REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES.
8. DUCT INSULATION TO CONFORM TO LOCAL ENERGY CONSERVATION STANDARD
CODES.
6. PIPING:
A. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "M" COPPER.
B. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE "L" COPPER WITH WROUGHT
COPPER FILTTINGS.
5. INSULATION:
A. INSULATE ALL INTERIOR CONDITIONED SUPPLY AND RETERN AIR
DUCTWORK WITH 1" .60LB PER CU. FT. DENSITY FIBERGLASS
INSULATION WITH VAPOR BARRIER (MAX. CONDUCTANCE = .48).
B. CONDITIONED SUPPLY AND RETURN AIR DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO THE
WEATHER SHALL BE LINED WITH 1-1/2" THICK, 1.5 LB. PER CU. FT.
DENSITY FIBERGLASS DUCT LINER (MAX. CONDUCTANCE = .16)
C. CONDENSATE PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 3/8" FOAM PLASTIC.
D. REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH FIBERGLASS BE
INSULATION (MIN. R = 4.0). INSULATION EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER
SHALL SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE.
4. COORDINATION: THE DRAWING ARE DIAGRAMMIC AND INTENDED TO SHOW
SCOPE OF WORK. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE HIS WORK WITH OTHER
TRADES TO PROVIDE BEST ARRANGEMENT OF ALL DUCTS, CONDUIT, ECT...
LOCATION OF EXISTING PIPING AND DUCTWORK SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE,
CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THEIR LOCATION PRIOR TO BEGINING WORK OF
THIS SECTION AND SHALL MAKE MODIFICATIONS AND ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED
TO INSTALL THE WORK OF THIS SECTION.
3. CLEANUP: UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. THE
CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE ALL SURPLUS MATRIALS, EQUIPMENT AND
DEBRIS INCIDENTAL TO THIS WORK AND LEAVE THE PREMISES CLEAN AND
ORDERLY.
16. PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL FOR ALL CEILING MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.
31. ALL APPLIANCES AND PLUMBING VENTS AND DISCHARGE OUTLET OF EXHAUST
FANS SHALL BE AT LEAST 10 FEET IN HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, OR 3 FEET ABOVE
THE OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HAVC UNITS.
30. EXH. OUTLETS SHALL BE 3' FROM PROPERTY LINE, 3' FROM ANY OPENING INTO
THE BUILDING. EXH. DUCT SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH BACK DRAFT DAMPERS.
29. GAS VENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CHAPTER 8 OF THE MECHANICAL CODE.
28. ALL WIRING, CONDUIT & PIPING IN R.A. CEILING PLENUM SHALL BE
NON-COMBUSTABLE & APPROVED RA PLENUM.
27. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO FURNISH & INSTALL ALL CONDENSATE PIPING,
INCLUDING FINAL CONNECTIONS.
26. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
(DIFFUSERS AND REGISTERS) WITH G.C. .
25. RETURN REGISTERS TO BE EQUAL TO KRUEGER SERIES S580 OR
MATCH CLG. DIFFUSERS.
24. CEILING DIFFUSERS TO BE EQUAL TO KRUEGER SERIES 5800.
23. FILTER(S) SHALL BE U.L. APPROVED.
22. HIGH VOLTAGE CONDUITS AND WIRE AND LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT
UNDER ELECTRICAL SECTION OF THE WORK. LOW VOLTAGE WIRING
UNDER THIS SECTION OF THE WORK.
21. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO VERIFY
AVAILIBLE SPACE FOR INSTALATION OF NEW WORK.
20. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FLASHING WHEREVER
DUCTWORK OR PIPING PENETRATES ROOF OR EXTEIOR WALLS.
19. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DETERMINING THE
ADEQUACY OF THE STRUCTURE TO SUPPORT THE EQUIPMENT
SPECIFIED.
18. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SECURE AND PAY FOR ALL
REQUIRED PERMITS AND FEES.
OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNITS SHALL BE INSTALL IN MATTER THAT THE
SOUND LEVEL SHALL NOT EXCEED 50 DBA PER SECTION 10.26.045 OF THE
NBMC.
HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
B. ALL WORK, EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE PROTECTED AT ALL TIMES.
CONTRACTOR SHALL CLOSE ALL PIPE AND DUCT OPENINGS WITH CAPS OR PLUGS
DURING INSTALLATION. HE SHALL PROTECT ALL OF HIS EQUIPMENT AND
MATERIALS AGAINST DIRT, WATER, CHEMICAL, AND MECHANICAL INJURY. UPON
COMPLETION, ALL WORK SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND DELIVERED IN A
NEW CONDITION.
1.16 DAMAGE BY LEAKS, ETC.
A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DAMAGE TO ANY PART OF
THE PREMISES OR WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS, CAUSED BY LEAKS OR
BREAKS IN THE PIPING OR EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND/OR INSTALLED UNDER
THIS SECTION, DURING THE CONSTRUCTION AND GUARANTEE PERIOD.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. ALL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW AND OF THE BEST OF THEIR
RESPECTIVE GRADES, FREE FROM ALL DEFECTS AND OF THE MAKE, BRAND OR
QUALITY HEREIN SPECIFIED OR AS ACCEPTED BY THE OWNER.
B. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS DAMAGED DURING TRANSPORTATION, INSTALLATION
OPERATION SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS "TOTALLY DAMAGED" AND SHALL BE
REPLACED WITH NEW. ANY VARIANCE FROM THIS CLAUSE SHALL BE MADE ONLY
WITH WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER.
C. WHERE NO SPECIFIC MAKE OF MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT IS MENTIONED, ANY
FIRST CLASS PRODUCT OF A REPUTABLE MANUFACTURER MAY BE USED,
PROVIDED IT CONFORMS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SYSTEM AND MEETS
WITH THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER.
2.2 DUCTWORK AND ACCESSORIES
A. GENERAL: NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR CONFORMING TO REQUIREMENTS FOR CLASS 1
AIR DUCT MATERIALS, OR UL 181.
B. STEEL DUCTS: ASTM A525 OR ASTM A527 GALVANIZED STEEL SHEET,
LOCK-FORMING QUALITY, HAVING ZINC COATING OF 1.25 OZ PER SQ FT FOR
EACH SIDE IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM A90. ROUND DUCT SHALL BE SPIRAL
SEAM CONSTRUCTION.
C. INSULATED FLEXIBLE DUCTS: FLEXIBLE DUCT WRAPPED WITH FLEXIBLE GLASS
FIBER INSULATION, ENCLOSED BY PRESSURE DUCTWORK: SEAMLESS ALUMINUM
PIGMENTED PLASTIC VAPOR BARRIER JACKET; MAXIMUM 0.23 K VALUE AT 75
DEGREES F W/METAL CONNECTORS.
D. SEALANT: NON-HARDENING, WATER RESISTANT, FIRE RESISTIVE, COMPATIBLE WITH
MATING MATERIALS; LIQUID USED ALONE OR WITH TAPE, OR HEAVY MASTIC.
E. HANGER ROD: STEEL, GALVANIZED; THREADED BOTH ENDS, THREADED ONE END,
OR CONTINUOUSLY THREADED.
F. METAL DUCTS:
1. FABRICATE AND SUPPORT IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2013 CMC, SMACNA ±4"
W.G. STATIC PRESSURE CLASS AND SEAL CLASS A FOR SUPPLY AND ±2"
W.G. STATIC PRESSURE CLASS AND SEAL CLASS A FOR RETURN DUCT
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND ASHRAE HANDBOOKS.
2. SIZE ROUND DUCTS INSTALLED IN PLACE OF RECTANGULAR DUCTS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASHRAE TABLE OF EQUIVALENT RECTANGULAR AND
ROUND DUCTS. NO VARIATION OF DUCT CONFIGURATION OR SIZES
PERMITTED EXCEPT BY WRITTEN PERMISSION.
3. CONSTRUCT T'S, BENDS, AND ELBOWS WITH RADIUS OF NOT LESS THAN
1-1/2 TIMES WIDTH OF DUCT ON CENTERLINE. WHERE NOT POSSIBLE
AND WHERE RECTANGULAR ELBOWS ARE USED, PROVIDE TURNING VANES.
4. INCREASE DUCT SIZES GRADUALLY, NOT EXCEEDING 15 DEGREES
DIVERGENCE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. DIVERGENCE UPSTREAM OF EQUIPMENT
SHALL NOT EXCEED 30 DEGREES; CONVERGENCE DOWNSTREAM SHALL NOT
EXCEED 45 DEGREES.
5. USE DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK WASHERS ON THREADED ROD SUPPORTS.
27.
G. VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS:
COMPATIBLE WITH WITH THE BASE BUILDING STANDARDS.
ALL SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION AND SHALL BE
SHALL SHUT DOWN THE EXHAUST FANS OR AC UNITS AS DESCRIBED IN NOTE #1.
PROVIDE ALL WIRING AND CONDUIT TO SIGNAL THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM. THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM
CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL THE SMOKE DETECTORS, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR
WHERE DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS FOR FANS AND AC UNITS ARE REQUIRED, THE HVAC
SAFETY SYSTEM FOR UNIT SHUT DOWN UPON A SIGNAL FROM THE LIFE SAFETY SYSTEM.
THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL INTERCONNECT ALL FANS AND AC UNITS WITH THE BUILDING LIFE
3.
2.
1.
FIRE LIFE SAFETY NOTES
PERFORMED BY AN "AABC" CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR ACCORDING TO THE CURRENT "AABC" NATIONAL STANDARDS.
ALL EXHAUST SYSTEM, AC UNITS, DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES. BALANCING SHALL BE
AIR BALANCE SHALL BE PERFORMED FOR ENTIRE CORE AND CORE SPACE UNDER THIS CONTRACT,
REFER TO THE SPECIFICATION "START-UP, TESTING AND BALANCING FOR THE WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY THE AIR
CONTRACTOR AND COORDINATED BY THIS CONTRACTOR.
THE AIR BALANCE WORK AS DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATION SHALL BE CONTRACTED DIRECTLY BY THE GENERAL
E.
D.
C.
B.
A.
CHECK THE OPERATION OF THE FIRE DAMPERS AND COMBINATION SMOKE/FIRE DAMPERS.
REPORTED TO THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR.
MAKE INSPECTION FOR INSTALLATION DURING CONSTRUCTION DEFICIENCIES SHALL BE NOTED AND
CHECK ALL MECHANICAL UNITS FOR CORRECT OPERATION.
VERIFY & DOCUMENT ACTUAL MOTOR AMPERAGES, RPM, AS WELL AS AIR PRESSURE ON ALL SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FANS.
COOLING SUPPLY AIR TEMPERATURE DURING AIR BALANCING & THE OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE.
BALANCE THE INDIVIDUAL AIR OUTLETS TO DESIGN QUANTITIES. MEASURE & DOCUMENT THE ACTUAL
IN ADDITION, THE AIR BALANCE WORK SHALL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING:
2.
3.
1.
4.
AIR BALANCE NOTES
ARCHITECT/ OWNER MUST VERIFY WITH A SOUND ENGINEER THE
LOCATION AND THE REQUIREMENT OF ALL MECHANICAL UNITS
TO MAKE SURE THAT THE SOUND OF THE MECHANICAL UNITS DO
NOT EXCEED THE REQUIRED DB.
1.SOUND NOTES
AND WATER BALANCE CONTRACTOR."
ALL AIR FILTRATION MEDIA SHALL HAVE AT LEAST A MERV RATING OF 13.
MATERIALS USED SHALL HAVE VOC LIMITS IN COMPLIANCE WITH TABLE
5.504.1 OF THE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE.
CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TESTING AND BALANCING REQUIREMENTS
PER SECTION 5.410.4 OF THE CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE.
3.
2.
1.
CAL GREEN NOTES
IN THE MAIN SUPPLY AIR DUCT DOWNSTREAM OF THE FILTERS OR THEY MAY BE INSTALLED IN EACH ROOM
MAIN RETURN DUCT (IF REQ'D. BY THE LOCAL CODE) AHEAD OF OSA INTAKE. SEE CODE FOR
OR SPACE SERVED BY THE SUPPLY AIR DUCT. DETECTORS SHALL ALSO BE INSTALLED IN THE
EACH SINGLE SYSTEM PROVIDING HEATING OR COOLING AIR IN EXCESS OF 2000 CFM OR 54,000 BTUH
EXEMPTIONS AND LOCAL AUTHORITY FOR CODE INTERPRETATION, OR AS INDICATED ON PLAN.
SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH AN AUTOMATIC SHUT-OFF. THE SMOKE DETECTOR SHALL BE INSTALLED
4.
240-400
110-240
SHEET INDEX
M-1.1
MECHANICAL COVER SHEET
MECHANICAL SCHEDULES
M-1.0
M-2.0 MECHANICAL CEILING PLAN
M-3.0 MECHANICAL DETAILS
M-4.0 MECHANICAL ENERGY FORMS
M-2.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN
TENANT IMPROVEMENT FOR NEW DENTAL OFFICE,UTILIZING EXISTING ROOF TOP
UNITS. INSTALLING NEW DUCTWORK, CEILING DIFFUSERS, RETURN AIR GRILLS,
SCOPE OF WORK
EXHAUST FANS.
32. MANDATORY REQUIREMENT FOR DUCTWORK AND PLENUMS TO BE
CONSTRUCTED TO SEAL CLASS A. SEE 2022 CEC 120.4(b).
33. MANDATORY REQUIREMENT CLARIFICATIONS TO SPACES FOR WHICH
OCCUPANT SENSOR VENTILATION CONTROL DEVICES ARE REQUIRED.
34. DUCT LEAKAGE TESTING IN NOW MANDATORY.
SEE 2022 CEC 120.4(g).
SEE 2022 CEC 120.1(d).
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-1.0
MECHANICAL NOTES
& SCHEDULES1
1
1
ARCHITECT/ OWNER MUST VERIFY WITH A SOUND ENGINEER THE
LOCATION AND THE REQUIREMENT OF ALL MECHANICAL UNITS TO
MAKE SURE THAT THE SOUND OF THE MECHANICAL UNITS DO NOT
EXCEED THE REQUIRED DB.
FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS
DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO
BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT
SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO
EXISTING CONDITIONS.
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING
FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL
COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER
OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS
COST.
BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND
ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN
STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH
GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES
BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT.
GREEN BUILDING NOTES
IF THE HVAC SYSTEM IS USED DURING CONSTRUCTION, USE RETURN AIR FILTERS WITH A
MERV OF 8. REPLACE ALL FILTERS IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
ALL DUCTS AND OTHER RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE
COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, OR SHEET METAL UNTIL THE FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING,
COOLING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT.
AN AIR FILTER WITH A MINIMUM EFFICIENCY REPORTING VALUE (MERV) OF 8 OR HIGHER SHALL
BE INSTALLED IN THE MECHANICAL SYSTEM FOR OUTSIDE AND RETURN AIR PRIOR TO
OCCUPANCY.
THE BUILDING SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE PROVISIONS FOR MECHANICAL VENTILATION OF
SECTION 1203 OF THE LOS ANGELES BUILDING CODE.
BUILDING THAT USE DEMAND CONTROL VENTILATION SHALL HAVE CO2 SENSORS AND
VENTILATION CONTROLS INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF CURRENT
EDITION OF THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY CODE, CCR, TITLE24, PART 6, SECTION 121(C).
DIFFUSERS & REGISTERS SCHEDULE
25
(IN WC)
0.05
NECK SIZE
(IN)DIMENSIONS
(IN)
TYPE
NO.
MARK
SEE PLAAN TITUS TMS OR EQUAL CD-1 CEILING SUPPLY
OVERALL CFM RANGE
NC
MAX.MAX. S.P.REMARKS
1
ALL FINISHES AND FRAMES SHALL BE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT.
PROVIDE BLACK NON-DETERIORATING BACKING FOR ALL DIFFRUSERS
FRAME TYPE FOR ALL AIR INLETS/OUTLETS SHALL BE SUITABLE/COMPATIBLE WITH CEILING TYPE AND GRID THAT IS TO BE INSTALLED IN.
1
2
3
SUPPLY & RETURN GRILLES AND DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 10 NC BELOW THAT OF THE ROOM SERVED.4
SEE PLAN24" X 24" / -RETURN, TRANSFER AIRRG-1, TAG SEE PLAN 350ZRL X X 1 260.125
SEE PLAN 4-
1 4-
24X24
25 0.05SEE PLAAN TITUS TMS OR EQUAL CD-2 CEILING SUPPLY SEE PLAN-
1. PRIMARY CONDENSATE PIPING TO TERMINATE AT TAILPIECE OF LAVATORY/SINK
IN THE UNIT IT SERVES, MOP/FLOOR SINK OR OTHER BUILDING DEPARTMENT
APPROVED DEDICATED RECEPTOR.
2. SECONDARY CONDENSATE PIPING TO TERMINATE AT EXTERIOR OBSERVABLE
LOCATION,INTERIOR OVER A LAVATORY/SINK OR USE A LISTED WET/FLOAT
SWITCH APPROVED BY LOCAL CITY BUILDING DEPT.
3. ALL AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM DUCTS AND PLENUMS, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, BUILDING CAVITIES, MECHANICAL CLOSETS, AIR-HANDLER BOXES
AND SUPPORT PLATFORMS USED AS DUCTS OR PLENUMS, SHALL BE
INSTALLED, SEALED AND INSULATED TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE
2019 CMC. SUPPLY-AIR AND RETURN-AIR DUCTS CONVEYING HEATED OR
COOLED AIR SHALL BE INSULATED TO A MINIMUM INSTALLED LEVEL
OF R-13 UNLESS DUCTS ARE IN CONDITIONED SPACE.
4. AT THE TIME OF ROUGH INSTALLATION, OR DURING STORAGE ON THE
CONSTRUCTION SITE AND UNTIL FINAL STARTUP OF THE HEATING, COOLING, AND
VENTILATING EQUIPMENT, ALL DUCTS AND OF THE RELATED AIR DISTRIBUTION
COMPONENT OPENINGS SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE, PLASTIC, SHEET METAL, OR
OTHER ACCEPTABLE METHODS TO REDUCE THE AMOUNT OF DUST, WATER, AND DEBRIS
WHICH MAY ENTER THE SYSTEM.
5. CONTRACTOR AT THE TIME OF FINAL INSPECTION SHALL PLACE IN THE
BUILDING A MANUAL, COMPACT DISC, WEB-BASED REFERENCE OR OTHER
MEDIA WHICH INCLUDES ALL OF THE FOLLOWING:
1. DIRECTIONS TO THE OWNER OR OCCUPANT THAT THE MANUAL SHALL REMAIN
WITH THE BUILDING THROUGHOUT THE LIFE CYCLE OF THE STRUCTURE.
2. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND
APPLIANCES, INCLUDING WATERSAVING DEVICES AND SYSTEMS,
HVAC SYSTEMS, WATER-HEATING SYSTEMS AND OTHER MAJOR
APPLIANCES AND EQUIPMENT.
3. INFORMATION FROM LOCAL UTILITY, WATER AND WASTE RECOVERY
PROVIDERS ON METHODS TO FURTHER REDUCE RESOURCE CONSUMPTION,
INCLUDING RECYCLE PROGRAMS AND LOCATIONS.
4. PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND/OR CARPOOL OPTIONS AVAILABLE IN THE AREA.
5. EDUCATIONAL MATERIAL ON THE POSITIVE IMPACTS OF AN INTERIOR
RELATIVE HUMIDITY BETWEEN 30-60 PERCENT AND WHAT METHODS AN
OCCUPANT MAY USE TO MAINTAIN THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY LEVEL IN
THAT RANGE.
6. INFORMATION ABOUT WATER-CONSERVING LANDSCAPE AND IRRIGATION
DESIGN AND CONTROLLERS WHICH CONSERVE WATER.
7. INSTRUCTIONS FOR MAINTAINING GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS AND THE
IMPORTANCE OF DIVERTING WATER AT LEAST 5 FEET AWAY FROM
THE FOUNDATION.
8. INFORMATION ON REQUIRED ROUTINE MAINTENANCE MEASURES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, CAULKING, PAINTING, GRADING AROUND THE
BUILDING, ETC.
9. INFORMATION ABOUT STATE SOLAR ENERGY AND INCENTIVE PROGRAMS
AVAILABLE.
DUCT SIZES.
INTERFERENCES.
REMARKS:
VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AT THE SITE, MAKE ALL FIELD
FABRICATION AND ERECTION OF SHEET METAL WORK. MAKE
ALLOWANCES FOR BEAMS, PIPE OR OTHER OBSTRUCTION AND
FOR WORK BY OTHER TRADES AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT
IN THE EVENT OF ANY POTENTIAL INTERFERENCE. MAKE AN
INITIAL VERIFICATION OF BEAM PENETRATIONS SHOWN ON
STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AND ADVISE OF ANY POTENTIAL
MEASUREMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS NECESSARY FOR
DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE INSIDE DIMENSIONS WHICH MAY BE
ALTERED BY CONTRACTOR TO OTHER DIMENSIONS TO AVOID
INTERFERENCES AND CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS. USE EQUAL
FRICTION METHOD, 0.1"WG PER 100 FT. OF DUCT TO DETERMINE
X
X
X
X
X
X
16
20
X
X
X
X
X
X
18
24
X
X
X
10
X
12
22
30
X
X
8
12
10
16
28
40
6
8
10
16
12
X
X
X
8
10
16
X
X
X
X
X181501 TO 2000
16
12
10
9
8
7
6
WX14WX12WX10WX8WX6WX4
RECTANGULAR DUCT (IN)
(W IS DUCT WIDTH)
ROUND
DUCT
(IN)
DUCT SIZING
UP TO 100
101 TO 150
(NON-SOUND-SENSITIVE ONLY - LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK)
151 TO 240
401 TO 750
241 TO 300
300 TO 400
1001 TO 1500
X141824XX14751 TO 1000
1 1/2" WIDE DUCT HANGER
18 GA. MIN. @ MAX. 10FT. O.C.
18 GA. MIN. @ MAX. 10FT. O.C.
18 GA. MIN. @ MAX. 10FT. O.C.
SHEET METAL DUCT & FITTING GAUGES
OF DUCT & FITTING
MAX. DIA. OR WIDTH
22
24
26
METAL GAUGES
G.I. SHEET
12"& SMALLER
31" THRU 54"
13" THRU 30"
REMARKS
(IN.)
DEFLECTION
STATICMANUF. AND
MODEL NO.
ISOLATOR DATA
OPERATING
(LBS.)
WEIGHTOSA
(CFM)
MIN.
SENSIBLE
(BTUH)(BTUH)
TOTAL
(IN.)
ESP CFM V/PH/HZ
ELECTRICAL DATA
NOMINAL
(TONS)
SERVICE CAPACITYMANUFACTURER
& MODEL NO.LOCATIONMARK NO.
SUPPLY FAN COOLING CAPACITIES
MCA MOCPFLA
MIN.UNIT DIMENSIONS
(L X W X H)
EXISTING PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEAT PUMP UNITS SCHEDULE
NET
HEATING CAPACITY
(BTUH)EER/SEER
HSPF
HP
1a
QUANT.
* 1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AND MAKE SURE THE UNIT HAS SMOKE DETECTOR , AND CONV. OUTLET AND CO2 SENSOR.
2. REPLACE FILTERS WITH MINIMUM MERV13 RATED FILTERS PRIOR TO OCCUPENCY.
3. VERIFY THE ELECTRICAL & MOCP REQUIREMENT. INFORM THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IF THERE IS ANY DISCREPANCY.
4. RECHARGE REFRIGERATION GAS AS NEEDED.
ROOF 5 (E).6 21001 (E)EXISTING SPACE (E)(E)HP UNIT 452924.9 (E)25058,000 41,200 57,000 208/3/60 (E)
SERVICE THE UNIT AND REPLACE ANY DAMAGED PART.
REPLACE FILTERS WITH MERV13 FILTERS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
HP
1b ROOF 5 (E).6 21001 (E)EXISTING SPACE (E)(E)HP UNIT 452924.9 (E)25058,000 41,200 57,000 208/3/60 (E)
SERVICE THE UNIT AND REPLACE ANY DAMAGED PART.
REPLACE FILTERS WITH MERV13 FILTERS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY.
EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE
EF
1
SYMBOL MODELMAKE CFM
ELECTRICAL
W/HP
S.P
V Ø HZ
WT.(LBS)SERVICE QTY.REMARKS
DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH MOTION SENSOR.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 100 120650.20 1 60 30 TOILET
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-240
EF
2 DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH MOTION SENSOR.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 100 120650.20 1 60 30 TOILET
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-240
EF
3 DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH SWITCH ON WALL.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 150 120750.20 1 60 30 LAB
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-320
EF
4 DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH SWITCH ON WALL.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 120 120750.20 1 60 30 LOUNGE
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-320
EF
5 DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH T'STAT ON WALL.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 200 1201700.20 1 60 30 UTILITY
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-420
EF
6 DISC. SW., INTERLOCK WITH T'STAT ON WALL.
CLG. MNT'D. EXH. FAN, W/ BACKDRAFT DAMPER,
COOK 150 120750.20 1 60 30 OFFICE / IT ROOM
EXH.
1
W
GEMINI GC-320
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-1.1
MECHANICAL NOTES
& SCHEDULES
40"
48
"
24
"
20"40"20"
24
"
48
"
275 CFM
CD-1
275 CFM
CD-1
150 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
210 CFM
CD-1
120 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
175 CFM
CD-1
275 CFM
CD-1
275 CFM
CD-1
175 CFM
CD-1
200 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
120 CFM
CD-1
160 CFM
CD-1
175 CFM
CD-1
275 CFM
CD-1
120 CFM
CD-1
50 CFM
CD-2
50 CFM
CD-2
160 CFM
CD-1
RG-1
20"X20"
RG-1
20"X20"
RG-1
18"X18"
D/U
RG-1
20"X20"
10"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
10"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
14"Ø
14"Ø
14"Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
12"Ø
16"Ø
8"Ø
14"Ø
14"Ø
TAG-1
10"X10"
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
10"Ø
TAG-1
10"X10"
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
10"Ø
12"Ø
10"Ø
6"Ø
6"Ø 10"Ø
10"Ø
12"Ø
12"Ø
8"Ø
14"Ø
14"Ø
8"Ø
16"Ø
12"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
8"Ø
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-2.0
FLOOR PLAN
MECHANICAL
CEILING PLAN
EXISTING ROOF
EXISTING
EXISTING
6"Ø 6"Ø
6"Ø
6"Ø
8"Ø
CAP
CAP
CAP
CAP CAP CAP
ADJACENT SPACE
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-2.1
MECHANICAL
ROOF PLAN
1
1
DAMPER SPECIFICATIONS:AND DH1851 DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR
MOUNTED IN A SLEEVE WITH 5800-MB2 ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
POTTORFF SERIES 5000 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER
DAMPER
SMOKE DETECTOR.
ESL609 DUCT MOUNTED
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE
SERIES 5000
DAMPER
COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE
ACCESS DOOR
MOTOR ACTUATOR.
5800 MB2
16" MAX.
7" STD.
EF
-
E
DISC. SW.
MOTION SENSOR
E
E
C.B.
SEE SCHEDULE
BACKDRAFT DAMPER
CEILING CEILING GRILLE
EXHAUST FAN
6" HIGH CURBCANT STRIP
PLATFORM
BY G.C.
LEVEL
A/C CONTRACTOR
COVER BY
ROOFING
SHEET METAL
ISOLATOR
VIBRATION
9
NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 1
NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
OPENING TO BE SINGLE HEADER FRAMING FOR WOOD OR STEEL.
WOOD FRAMED OPENINGS MUST BE LINED WITH MINIMUM 5/8" TYPE X
GYP. BOARD. LINING NOT REQUIRED AT STEEL STUD, CONCRETE OR
MASONRY. SUGGESTED CLEARANCE BETWEEN SLEEVE AND OPENING
1/8" FOR EACH 12" DAMPER WIDTH AND HEIGHT FOR EXPANSION.
DAMPER TO BE HELD IN PLACE BY RETAINING ANGLES ATTACHED TO
SLEEVE ON BOTH SIDES OF PARTITION, AND AROUND ENTIRE
PERIMETER OF THE SLEEVE. ANGLES TO BE MIN. 16 GA. 1 1/2" X 1 1/2"
OR LARGER AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A MIN. 1" OVERLAP OF THE
OPENING. ANGLES MAY BE MITERED, BUTTED, OR OVERLAPPED AT
THE CORNERS. ATTACH ANGLES TO THE SLEEVE ( NOT THE PARTITION
) WITH SHEET METAL SCREWS, BOLTS OR WELDS AS PER
MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. CONNECT DUCT TO SLEEVE WITH
"S" TYPE SLIP CONNEC- TION. DO NOT USE MECHANICAL FASTENERS.
10NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 2 NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 3
5NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 6NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 7NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
SCALE 11NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
LINED DUCT
WRAPPED DUCT
EARTHQUAKE
STABILIZER
RIBBED
NEOPRENE PAD
2) FOR ANCHORAGE SEE SEISMIC RESTRAINT SCHEDULE.
NOTES:
NEOPRENE
WASHER
1) ISOLATOR IS TYPICAL FOR:
3) DESIGN STATIC DEFLECTION IS 1.0"
`T' TAP SIZE
LEVELING BOLT
TYPICAL UNIT
SUPPORT LEG
9/16 HOLE
2 PLACES
NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 4
8NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
HANGER RODS
BAND (2) 1"x18 GA
OVER 50 INCH DIA.
BAND (2)1"x16 GA
HANGER
STRAP
RATED
FASTENER
LOAD
24 INCH DIA. MAX.
1.
NOTES:
2.
NOT PERMITTED)
(WIRE HANGERS
50 INCH DIA. MAX.
FOR UPPER ATTACHMENT TO BUILDING SEE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
FIG. 4-1 AND FIG. 4-2, WITH SPECIFIC BUILDING STRUCTURAL ENGINEER APPROVAL.
3.
ALSO REFER TO NATIONAL UNIFORM SEISMIC INSTALLATION GUIDELINES
(NUSIG) 1991 AS APPROVED BY OFFICE OF THE CALIFORNIA STATE ARCHITECT 9/25/92.
FOR BRACING AND OTHER SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS SEE GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINTS OF
MECHANICAL SYSTEMS AND PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS PUBLISHED BY SMACNA AND PPIC.
FOR HANGER SIZE AND SPACING, SEE SMACNA HVAC DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
TABLE 4.2
DAMPERS MUST BE LABELED AND LISTED BY
CALIFORNIA STATE FIRE MARSHALL AND/OR
UNDERWRITERS LABRATORIES AS A FIRE
DAMPER. MUST ALSO BE LEAKAGE RATED AND
LABLED UNDER UNDERWRITERS LABRATORIES
STD. 555S. METAL TO METAL NON-DEGRADABLE
SEALS ALLOWING NO MORE THAN 15 CFN/SQ. FT.
AT 1"w.g. TO 850%%F FOR A FULL 30 MINUTES
HEATING. CAN BE MOTOR OPERATED. TORQUE
REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN LEAKAGE RATE NOT TO
EXCEED 0 LBS. TORQUE. DAMPERS SHALL BE
INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION
INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR STATE FIRE MARSHALL
LISTING NO. 3225. POTTORF COMPANY INC.
(LISTING NO. 3225-368-8) OR APPROVED EQUAL.
1 1/2 HR. & 3 HR. RATED FIRE DAMPER FOR
1,2,3 & 4 HOUR RATED PARTITIONS.
COUNTER FLASHING
(BY A/C CONTRACTOR)
FLASHING (BY A/C
CONTRACTOR)
2 x 6 CURB (BY GENERAL
CONTRACTOR)
CANT (BY GENERAL
CONTRACTOR)
ROOFING (BY GENERAL
CONTRACTOR)
SEE ARCH/ STRUCTURAL
PLAN FOR EXACT ROOF
DETAIL
SCALE 12NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
13NOT TO SCALE
SCALE 14NOT TO SCALE
SCALE SCALE 15NOT TO SCALE
SCALE
1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX
DUCT EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT
PERMITTED IN INACCESSIBLE
CEILINGS
2.INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND
DIFFUSER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR
3. SCOOP
4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL
VOLUME DAMPER
RETURN TUBE
SAMPLING TUBE
AIR DUCT
SMOKE DETECTOR DETAIL
DUCT
SUPPLY
MAIN
KEYED NOTES:
1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT
EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT PERMITTED
IN INACCESSABLE CEILINGS
2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER
BY HVAC CONTRACTOR
3. SCOOP
4. SPIN IN FITTING WITH MANUAL VOLUME
DAMPER
5. INTERNAL BUTTERFLY DAMPER AG-85
(PROVIDE KEY FOR ADJUSTMENT)
6. SECURE TO CEILING PER
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS
AND PER CEILING FINISH. PROVIDE GRID
CLIPS PER MFG'R REQUIREMENTS.
PROVIDE FRAMING FOR DRYWALL
INSTALLATION.
7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND
DUCTWORK
8. CLAMP
MAX. OF 5 FEET OF FLEX DUCT CAN BE INSTALLED
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-3.0
MECHANICAL DETAILS
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
M-4.0
MECHANICAL
ENERGY FORMS
M.H.MANHOLE
(N)
V.T.R.
P.O.C.
(E)
VENT THRU ROOF
POINT OF CONNECTION
NEW
EXISTING
CD CONDENSATE DRAIN
G.P.M.
G.P.H.
I.E.
F.U.
FIN.GR.
FIN.FLR.
F.H.
FLR.
CONT.
EXIST.
CLG.
E.
C.F.H.
BEL.
C.I.
A.P.
INVERT ELEVATION
FINISHED FLOOR
GALLONS PER MINUTE
GALLONS PER HOUR
FINISHED GRADE
FIXTURE UNIT
FIRE HYDRANT
FLOOR
PREFIX "E" DENOTES EXIST.
CONTINUATION
ACCESS PANEL
CUBIC FEET PER HOUR
EXISTING
CEILING
BELOW
CAST IRON
P.T.R.V.
G.C.
DN.
CH.V.
P.R.V.
P.REL.V.
B.C.
G
CSP
F
W.C.O.
G.L.V.
S.O.V.
H.B.
C.S.P.
F.C.O.
G.
F.
PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE
PRESS. TEMP. RELIEF VALVE
CHECK VALVE
BALANCING COCK
RISE
GAS COCK
DOWN
COMBINATION STANDPIPE
FLOOR CLEANOUT
SHUT-OFF VALVE
WALL CLEANOUT
GLOBE VALVE
HOSE BIBB
GAS LINE
FIRE LINE
PLUMBING LEGEND
ABBREV.
V.
ICW
WSP
SCW
IW
DSP
I.W.
I.C.W.
W.S.P.
D.S.P.
S.C.W.
H.W.R.
C.W.
H.W.
SYMBOL
OD
SD
S. OR W.
S. OR W.
O.D.
S.D.
VENT
INDIRECT WASTE
INDUSTRIAL COLD WATER
SOFT COLD WATER
WET STANDPIPE
DRY STANDPIPE
HOT WATER RETURN
COLD WATER
HOT WATER
DESCRIPTION
OVERFLOW DRAIN
SOIL OR WASTE BELOW FLOOR
SOIL OR WASTE ABOVE FLOOR
STORM DRAIN
PLUMBING NOTES
FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS
PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
PLUMBING CONSTRUCTION NOTES
PLUMBING SIZING FORM FOR TENANTS
PLUMBING SIZING FORM
PLUMBING NOTES, LEGEND, SCHEDULES P-1.0
DRAWINGS LIST
P-4.0
P-2.0
P-3.0
PLUMBING WASTE & VENT FLOOR PLAN.
PLUMBING WATER SUPPLY FLOOR PLAN.
P-5.0
PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAM
CIRCULATING PUMP SCHEDULE
EXPANSION TANK SCHEDULE
HOT WATER DEMAND TABLE
WH-1 EQUIPMENT (2)4.5 95%208 3 40 ELD-40
ELECTRIC HOT WATER HEATERS
STORAGE CAPLOCATIONMARKKW
ELECTRICAL
VOLTSEFFICIENCY
THERMAL
PHASE
MANUFACTURER MODEL QUAN.
1
1.2.
3.
GALLONSROOM RHEEM
OR EQUAL
CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING CODE
WATER EFFICIANCY AND CONSERVATION
P-6.0
PLUMBING DETAILS
WC
PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
SYMB.DESCRIPTION WASTE REMARKS
WATER CLOSET
LAV LAVATORY
SK SINK
TRAP VENT C.W.H.W.AIR VACUUMGAS
FS FLOOR SINK
FD FLOOR DRAIN
TP TRAP PRIMER
H.B.HOSE BIBB
1.28 GPF
0.40 GPM
FLUSH TANK, ADA APPROVED,
WALL HANG, ADA APPROVED
0.50 GPM
COUNTER TOP,
WITH TRAP PRIMER
WITH TRAP PRIMER
WITH ACCESS PANEL
ACCESS PANEL
WITH VACUUM BREAKER AND WALL
4"
2"
2"
2"
2"
-
-
-
1-1/2" X
2"
2"
2"
-
-
1-1/4"
2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
1-1/2"
-
-
3/4"
1/2"
1/2"
-
-
1/2"
1/2"
-
1/2"
1/2"
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
PLUMBING SCHEDULE
PLUMBING ENERGY FORMS
FOR PIPING SIZES, SEE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE BELOW AND FLOOR PLANS.
PLEASE NOTE: A LICENSED PLUMBING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR
PROVIDING ALL REQUIRED UTILITIES. ALL REQUIREMENTS TO BE VERIFIED BY
MANUFACTURER'S SPEC SHEETS PROVIDED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL EQUIPMENT
SPECIALIST. MANUFACTURER'S SPECS SUPERSEDE ANY AND ALL INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN.
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS
QU
A
N
T
I
T
Y
SP
E
C
.
N
U
M
B
E
R
DESCRIPTION CO
L
D
W
A
T
E
R
HO
T
W
A
T
E
R
DR
A
I
N
CO
M
P
R
E
S
S
E
D
A
I
R
NA
T
U
R
A
L
G
A
S
VA
C
U
U
M
N2
O
OX
Y
G
E
N
NI
T
R
O
G
E
N
VE
N
T
UTILITIES
DE
T
A
I
L
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
3
11
12
13
15
15B
16
17
25
26
29
29A
UTILITY CENTER – SEE DETAIL(S). ALL UTILITIES MUST CONFORM TO PREVAILING LOCAL CODES.
MODULAR SINKS & FAUCETS - SINK AND FAUCET SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL, INSTALLED
BY PLUMBER. FINAL CONNECTIONS BY PLUMBER.
AIR POWERED SINK CONTROL - FROM (12) TO (11). SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL,
INSTALLED BY PLUMBER.
COMPRESSED AIR LINE AND VALVE – ½” AIR LINE FROM COMPRESSOR (25) BY PLUMBER.
TERMINATE WITH A 3/8” ANGLE VALVE.
ULTRASONIC CLEANER - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL. UTILITIES BY
CONTRACTOR(S).
HANDPIECE MAINTENANCE SYSTEM - CONTRACTOR(S) TO PROVIDE REQ'D UTILITIES. 1/2" AIR
LINE WITH 1/4” ANGLE VALVE (ABOVE COUNTERTOP). SYSTEM SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY
HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL.
MODEL TRIMMER - SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL. DO NOT TIE INTO
COLD WATER LINE FOR SINK. SEE DETAIL.
PLASTER TRAP - SUPPLIED BY HSD, INSTALLED BY PLUMBER ON SINK DRAIN LINE. DRAIN LINE
MUST BE 21” A.F.F.
DENTAL AIR COMPRESSOR - SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL, INSTALLED BY
CONTRACTOR(S). FOR DENTAL AIR DRIVEN DEVICES. PLUMBER TO PROVIDE 1/2" I.D. COPPER
TYPE K OR L SUPPLY LINES TO LOCATIONS THAT REQUIRE AIR. BUCK BOOST TRANSFORMER
SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY ELECTRICIAN (IF REQ'D). FINAL CONNECTIONS BY
CONTRACTOR(S).
VACUUM PUMP (WET) - SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL, INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR(S).
VERIFY TRUNK, REDUCTION AND BRANCH LINE SIZES WITH MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. USE SCH
40 PVC WHERE PERMITTED BY CODE. PLUMBER TO EXHAUST PUMP TO OUTSIDE. SCHEIN TO
SUPPLY AIR/WATER SEPARATOR IF REQ’D. BUCK BOOST TRANSFORMER SUPPLIED AND
INSTALLED BY ELECTRICIAN (IF REQ’D). DRAIN BY PLUMBER. FINAL CONNECTIONS BY
CONTRACTOR(S). SEE DETAIL.
AIR/WATER SEPARATOR - SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL, INSTALLED BY PLUMBER. VENT TO
OUTSIDE.
AMALGAM SEPARATOR - SUPPLIED BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL, INSTALLED BY PLUMBER. VERIFY
LOCATION WITH HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL EQUIPMENT SPECIALIST. CONNECT TO VACUUM LINE
COMING IN FROM TREATMENT ROOMS.
●
●
●
●
●●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●●
●
3
13
15
15B
16
16
25
26
29A
SCOPE OF WORK
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-1.0
PLUMBING
NOTES, LEGEND,
SCHEDULES
1
1
1
1
1
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
PLAY AREA
121
TOILET
123
TOILET
124
OFFICE/IT
122
CORRIDOR
137
EXAM ROOM
133
LAB
126
COATS
138
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
FEC
FE
C
FE
C
FEC
V.S.V.S.
A.C.
A.S.
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-2.0
PLUMBING
WASTE & VENT FLOOR
PLAN
EXAM ROOM
136
EXAM ROOM
135
EXAM ROOM
134
LOUNGE
132
UTILITY
131
RECEPTION
125
WAITING AREA
120
PLAY AREA
121
TOILET
123
TOILET
124
OFFICE/IT
122
CORRIDOR
137
EXAM ROOM
133
LAB
126
COATS
138
EXAM ROOM
130
EXAM ROOM
129
EXAM ROOM
128
EXAM ROOM
127
FEC
FE
C
FE
C
FEC
FS
V.S.V.S.A.S.
A.C.
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-3.0
PLUMBING
WATER SUPPLY
FLOOR PLAN
1
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-4.0
PLUMBING
RISER DIAGRAM
1
1
FIN. FLR. LEV.
WHERE REQUIRED)
(USE REDUCING TYPE
COMB. "Y" & 1/8" BEND
6" Thk. CONCRETE PAD
SEWER MATERIAL AND
SIZE AS SPECIFIED
DUTY REQUIRED
w/ COVER FOR
GRADE OR PAVING
CAST IRON CLEANOUT
(V
E
R
I
F
Y
@
S
I
T
E
)
VA
R
I
E
S
6" DIA.
SEWER UP TO
SAME SIZE AS
EXTENSION
CAST IRON
CENTER PIPE
SLEEVE.
INSULATION
LATION) IN
(AND INSU-
IF WALL IS PRE-
THRU SLEEVE:
DO NOT BUTT
AGAINST WALL.
CONTINUES
WILL NOT HAVE
OMIT SLEEVE.
CONCEALED PIPE
ESCUTCHEON TO
CAST CONCRETE,
CORE DRILL AND
COVER PENETRATION.
REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALTERNATIVE INSTALLATIONS.
REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR WALL LOCATIONS.
PROVIDE GALVANIZED
STEEL PIPE SLEEVE
EXPOSED PIPE SHALL
HAVE ESCUTCHEON TO
COVER PENETRATION.
GROUTED INTO WALL.
PIPE OR CONDUIT
UNIT CONSTRUCTION
IF WALL IS MASONRY
OR POURED CONCRETE,
INSULATED
PIPE
UNINSULATED
PIPE
GLASS INSULATION
SPACE BETWEEN
SLEEVE AND PIPE
SOLID WITH FIBER-
PACK ANNULAR
(FOR ACOUSTICS).
CAST IRON LONG SWEEP
1/4" BEND OR CAST IRON
SLEEVE FLUSH
WITH WALL
PIPE OR MINIMUM 18 GA
GALVANIZED STEEL
WALLBOARD, PROVIDE
PLACE AS REQUIRED.
OR GROUT SLEEVE IN
METAL SLEEVE. CAULK
GALVANIZED SHEET
ROOFING
CONSTRUCTION
VENT STACK
ROOF CONSTRUCTION
LEAD FLASHING
MOP IN WITH ROOFING MATERIAL
INCREASER WHEN REQUIRED
SHEET LEAD FLASHING
MI
N
.
1
2
"
AS REQUIRED
SLEEVE ROOF
MIN.12"
TURN LEAD
DOWN INTO
STACK
WOOD STRUCTURE
4"=5/8". LOCATE HANGERS WITHIN 1'-0" OF VALVES AND FITTINGS.
DO NOT SUSPEND PIPE FROM JOIST BRACING MEMBERS. REFER TO CODES
AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PROVIDE SEISMIC
CHAINS AND PERFORATED STRAP IRON AND STEEL ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE.
WATER PIPE AGAINST SWAYING DUE TO CHANGES IN WATER VELOCITY.
LOCATE HANGERS WITHIN 1'-0" OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. ANCHOR
PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS IF REQUIRED.
BRACING IF/AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES.
PENETRATE VAPOR BARRIER. DO NOT HANG ONE PIPE FROM ANOTHER
ROD SIZES FOR PIPE SIZE: 2" AND SMALLER=3/8", 2 1/2" TO 3"=1/2",
INDICATED IN TABLE. CAST IRON: 10' AND WITHIN 1'-0" OF ALL JOINTS.
DRAINABLE LOCATIONS. HANGER SPACING FOR PIPE SIZES: AS
EXCEPT IN CHASES. SLOPE ALL WATER PIPING SLIGHTLY TOWARD
THICKNESS WHEN SIZING HANGERS AND SHIELDS.
HERE. DO NOT INSTALL HANGER INSIDE INSULATION OR OTHERWISE
PROVIDE UPPER ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED FOR CASES NOT SHOWN
ALL INSULATED PIPE. VERIFY INSULATION
PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL SHEILD FOR
8'6'1"
3"
4"10'
10'10'
10'
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
1-1/4"
10'6'
10'
10'10'
10'
6'10'
AND SMALLER
HA
N
G
E
R
S
P
A
C
I
N
G
ST
E
E
L
P
I
P
E
HA
N
G
E
R
S
P
A
C
I
N
G
PI
P
E
S
I
Z
E
CO
P
P
E
R
P
I
P
E
1/2"1/2"
3/4"
6'6'
6'6'
HANG PIPE LARGER THAN
4" FROM TOP OF JOISTS
AND CAST IRON PIPE 2"
ADJUSTABLE BAND HANGER
FOR PIPE 3-1/2" AND SMALLER
SIDE BEAM CONNECTOR
CHORD OF WOOD TRUSS
ATTACHED TO TOP
ONLY AT PANEL POINT
CONTACT BARE
COPPER PIPE
PROVIDE COPPER
WHERE HANGERS
COATED HANGERS
ALL-THREAD ROD
WALL
CONDENSATE DRAIN
VENT
FLEX. HOSE
CONNECTION
DRAIN
FIN. FLOOR
LAVATORY
OR SINK
TAILPIECE
SLIP JOINT
P-TRAP
ROOF
HVAC UNIT
ON ROOF
3" HIGH,RUNNING
TRAP.
HANGER ROD
HEAVY DUTY
SUPPORT NUT
LOCKING NUT
8" LONG MINIMUM
WITH VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION
INSULATION
VAPOR BARRIER
SHEET STEEL SADDLE
16 GA. ZINC COATED
CLEVIS HANGER
PIPEHEAVY DUTY
NO VAPOR BARRIER INSULATION
SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS
CLEVIS HANGER
CLEVIS HANGER
PIPE
SINGLE HORIZONTAL RUNS
CLEVIS HANGER
HANGER ROD
LOCKING NUT
SUPPORT NUT
MAX.4"-0"
MAX.12"
H
NOTES:
1.DETAIL PROVIDED FOR UTILITY REQUIREMENTS.
REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDE
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. HENRY SCHEIN
DENTAL REP WILL PROVIDE INSTALLATION TEMPLATE
UPON REQUEST.
2.INSTALLATION MUST CONFORM TO ALL LOCAL
ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING CODES.
3.ALL UTILITIES HEREIN TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY
LICENSED CONTRACTORS. FINAL CONNECTIONS
TO EQUIPMENT BY HENRY SCHEIN DENTAL.
4.ALL VALVES, BOXES AND PIPES FROM FLOOR MUST
BE NO HIGHER THAN 5 1/4" A.F.F.
5.ALL PLUMBED SYSTEMS MUST BE FLUSHED CLEAN OF
ANY DEBRIS PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION.
3 DCI EDGE SERIES 5 CABINET UTILITIES
TOP VIEW
COMPRESSED AIR: 1/2" SUPPLY LINE FROM COMPRESSOR BY PLUMBER. STUB-UP FROM FLOOR 1”-2”.
TERMINATE WITH 3/8” ANGLE VALVE. PRESSURE 100 PSI MAX.
WATER: 1/2" COLD WATER SUPPLY LINE BY PLUMBER. STUB-UP FROM FLOOR 1”-2”. TERMINATE
WITH 3/8" ANGLE VALVE. PRESSURE 40 PSI MAX.
ELECTRICAL: 16" FLEX CONDUIT WITH TWO GANG BOX & 115V QUAD OUTLET BY ELECTRICIAN. MAX
DRAW: 15A
CENTRAL VACUUM: 5/8" RISER BY PLUMBER (SCH. 40 PVC OR TYPE M COPPER). TERMINATE 1"-2" A.F.F.
A
W
E
V
UTILITIES TO BE RUN IN
FLOOR OR WALL BASED
ON SITE CONDITIONS
CL
W C
A V
3-3/8" SUPPORT WALL FOR
FREESTANDING CABINET
CONDUIT: PVC CONDUIT WITH PULL-STRING BY ELECTRICIAN. 6" MIN. RADIUS FOR ALL BENDS.
STUB-UP FLUSH WITH SUB-FLOOR, MARK LOCATION AT FINISH. QUANTITY OF CONDUIT TERMINATIONS WILL
VARY, SEE SHEET SE.1 FOR SIZES & LOCATIONS.
C
ELEVATION VIEW
CL
AVAILABLE SPACE FOR PLACEMENT OF
UTILITIES (LOCATE AS NEEDED)
W A
E
CABINET
TOE KICK
UTILITIES TO STUB-OUT
FROM WALL 6" (MIN.)
FINISHED
FLOOR
ALLOW 16" ELECTRICAL
WHIP TO EXTEND FROM
STUB-OUT FOR HOOK-UPS
V
CABINET BASE
CUT-OUTS WITHIN
CABINET BASE
DWV WYE FITTING
VACUUM LINE GUIDELINES
SUB FLOOR
BRANCH
EXAMPLES
THE VACUUM PIPING LAYOUT HAS A LARGE EFFECT ON THE EFFICIENCY AND
RELIABILITY OF THE DENTAL VACUUM SYSTEM. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S
PRE-INSTALLATION GUIDE PROVIDED BY HENRY SCHEIN EQUIPMENT SPECIALIST
(FOR SPECIFIC SIZING OF STUB-UP, TRUNK, AND BRANCH LINES.
IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED THAT VACUUM LINES RUN UNDERNEATH DENTAL
EQUIPMENT BY MEANS OF TRENCHING/CORING (CONCRETE SLAB) OR SUB-FLOOR
(BASEMENT/CRAWL SPACE). ALL LINES ARE TO BE DESIGNED WITH PVC PIPING
UNLESS DICTATED BY LOCAL CODES TO USE COPPER OR CAST IRON.
I. STUB-UP
TERMINATE VACUUM TRUNK LINE IN MECHANICAL ROOM. PLUMBER TO PROVIDE
FPT ADAPTOR ON END OF STUB-OUT FROM FLOOR OR WALL, SIZE PER
MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS. SEE DETAILS (THIS SET) & MANUFACTURER
TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HENRY SCHEIN EQUIPMENT REP. IN THE CASE OF DUAL
TRUNK LINE SYSTEM, PROVIDE ENOUGH SPACE BETWEEN STUB-UPS TO INSTALL
BYPASS OR TANDEM COMPONENTS.
2. TRUNK LINE(S)
DO NOT PIPE TRUNK LINE IN A SERIES MANNER FROM J-BOX TO J-BOX. A
CONTINUOUS TRUNK LINE MUST BE MAINTAINED FROM THE PUMP TO THE FURTHEST
J-BOX USING BRANCH LINES OFF OF THE TRUNK LINE TO PICK UP EACH VACUUM
OUTLET. TRUNK LINE MAY FOLLOW DRAIN LINE TRENCHES WITHIN REASON.
3. BRANCH LINE(S)
BRANCH LINES ARE TO HAVE "SWEEPING" 90 DEGREE TURNS TO AVOID VACUUM
LOSS. "WYE" FITTINGS SHOULD BE USED TO JOIN BRANCH LINES TO THE TRUNK
LINE.
4. PLUMBING AROUND FOOTINGS:
IF VACUUM LINES ENCROACH ON EITHER A WALL OR COLUMN FOOTING, USE 45
DEGREE ELBOWS TO PIPE AROUND FOOTING TO FINAL LOCATION. DO NOT PIPE
UNDER FOOTINGS.
TURNS/INTERSECTIONS)
VACUUM NOTES
DWV WYE
45° ELBOW
DWV OFFSET WYE
DWV LONG
SWEEP ELBOW
FLOW
TO
PUMP
FLOW
TO
PUMP
DWV 45° ELBOWS
REDUCER BUSHING
TRUNK LINE
BRANCH LINE
STUB-UP IN TREATMENT
FLOW
VACUUM LINES MUST BE SUPPORTED
EVERY 6'-0" TO PREVENT SAGGING.
ENTIRE SYSTEM MUST MAINTAIN A
MINIMUM OF 1/4" PER 10'-0" TOWARD
THE VACUUM PUMP.
DO NOT USE ANY 90° SHORT ELBOWS
SCH 40 PVC TURNS/
INTERSECTIONS ARE TO BE PLUMBED
USING ALLOWED DWV FITTINGS. DO
NOT CREATE TRAPS IN TRUNK/BRANCH
LINES.
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-5.0
PLUMBING DETAILS
Scale
Date
Drawn By
Checked By
Project Number
REVISIONS
JOB SITE:
PLAN:
PHONE:
PLAN CHECK / JOB NO.
50 S DE LACEY AVE. STE. 210
Pasadena, CA 91105
THESE PLANS ARE FOR REVIEW ONLY AND NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION UNLESS THEY
INCLUDE THE STAMP AND SIGNATURE OF ARCHITECT/ENGINEER AND THE
APPROVAL OF THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENT AGENCY
C-38176
MARC A.
ABDELSAYED
RENEWAL
DATE
LICENSED A R CHITECT
STATE OF C ALIFORNIA
07/31/2025
369
ARCHITECTS
As Noted
CA
N
A
M
D
E
N
T
A
L
-
SA
N
T
A
A
N
A
MARS
NASRIN.P.
07/29/2024
MISC._24065
No.Description Date
1414 W. EDINGER AVE,
SANTA ANA, CA. 92704
.PERMIT 09/04/2024
09
/
0
4
/
2
0
2
4
_
G
C
C
o
m
m
e
n
t
1 P.C.COMMENTS 02/01/2025
P-6.0
PLUMBING ENERGY
FORMS
YES NO
INSTRUCTIONS:
ORAN GE COUNTY FI RE AUTHORI TY
Plan Submittal Criteria
COMMERCIAL projects, MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL projects
and RESIDENTIAL TRACT developments
· Fill in the project/business address and provide a brief description of the scope of work and type of business operation that will take place.
· Answer questions 1 through 10, read and initial items 11 and 12, then complete and sign the certification section.
· If you answer: - “YES” to any part of questions 1 through 10, submit the type of plan indicated in italics to OCFA.
· In some cases, other plan types not indicated herein may also be necessary depending on specific conditions or operations.
· Visit www.ocfa.org for submittal information and locations. If you need assistance in filling out this form or have questions regarding
requirements for review, please contact OCFA at 714-573-6108 or visit us at 1 Fire Authority Road, Irvine, CA 92602.
Address Suite City
Project Scope/Business Description
1. Construction of a new building, a new story, or increase the footprint of an existing building? Changes to roadways,
curbs, or drive aisles? Addition, relocation, or modification of fire hydrants or fences/gates? Construction within
300 feet of an active or proposed oil well? Fire Master Plan (PR145)
2. Property is adjacent to a wildland area or non-irrigated native vegetation?
Fire Master Plan (PR145); a Fuel Modification Plan may also be required. (PR120, PR124)
3. Located in or < 100’ from a Division of Oil, Gas, and Geothermal Resources (DOGGR) field boundary, < 300’ from
an oil/gas seep, or < 1000’ from a landfill? Methane Work Plan. (PR170)
4. Installation/modification/repair of underground piping, backflow preventers, or fire department connections serving
private fire hydrant/sprinkler/standpipe systems? Underground Plan. (PR470, PR475)
5. Drinking/dining/recreation/meetings/training/religious functions or other gatherings in a room > 750 sq.ft. (> 1,000
sq.ft. for training/adulteducation) or > 49 people? Healthcare/outpatient services for > 5 people who may be unable
to immediately evacuate without assistance? Education for children (academic tutoring for ages 5+ is exempt unless
classified as an E occupancy by the Building Official)? Adult/child daycare? 24-hour care/supervision? Incarceration
or restraint? Hotel/apartment or residential facility with 3+ units and 3+ stories (3-story townhouses/rowhouses
where an independent direct exit to grade is provided for dwelling are exempt)? Congregate housing/dormitories
with 17+ people? High-rise structure (55+ feet to highest occupied floor level)? Architectural Plan (PR200-PR285)
6. Installation/modification of locks delaying or preventing occupants from leaving a space or requiring use of a card,
button, or similar action to open a door in the direction of exit travel? Architectural, Sprinkler, and/or Alarm Plan
depending on the occupancy and type of device installed (PR200-PR280, PR420-PR425, PR500-PR520)
7. Installation/modification/use of spray booths; dust collection; dry cleaning; industrial ovens/drying equipment;
industrial/commercial refrigeration systems; compressed gasses; tanks for cryogenic or flammable/combustible
liquids; vapor recovery; smoke control; battery back-up/charging systems (> 50 gal. electrolyte, > 1,000 lb. lithium
ion); welding/brazing/soldering, open flame torches, cutting/grinding; or other similar operations?
Special Equipment Plan (PR315, PR340-PR382)
8. Storage/use/research with flammable/combustible liquids or other chemicals? Motor vehicle/aircraft
maintenance/repair? Cabinetry/woodworking/finishing facility? Chem Class & floor plan (full architectural plan if
H occupancy); Special Equipment Plans may be necessary. (PR315-PR360, PR232-PR240)
9. Storage or merchandizing areas in excess of 500 sq. ft. where items are located higher than 12’ (6’ for high-hazard
commodities, plastic, rubber, foam, etc.)? High-piled Storage Plan (PR330)
10. Cooking under a Type I commercial hood; installation or modification of a fire extinguishing system located in a
commercial cooking hood? Hood & Duct Extinguishing System, not just the hood mechanical plan. (PR335)
Initial each of the following two items indicating that you have read and understand the statement:
11. *Sprinklers/Alarms: Consult Building/Fire Codes and ordinances to determine sprinkler/alarm requirements; if a system is
required, plans shall be submitted for OCFA review. Existing buildings undergoing remodel must be evaluated by a licensed
Initials contractor to determine if modification is needed; if so, contractor shall submit plans prior to making modifications.
12. Fire Hazard Severity Zone: Consult maps available at building department or on OCFA website to determine if your site is located
in a FHSZ. Buildings in a FHSZ may be subject to special construction requirements detailed in CBC Chapter 7A or CRC R327—
Initials the building department will determine specific requirements.
I certify under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that the above is true:
Print Name Signature
Phone Number ( ) Date / /
Building Department: If you have verified that all of the questions have been answered accurately as “NO”, and the project does not otherwise require OCFA
review of sprinkler or alarm plans*, then you may accept this signed form as a written release that OCFA review is not required. Should you still require that the
applicant have plans approved by OCFA, please initial here or attach an OCFA referral form and have the applicant submit the form along with the
appropriate plans and fees for OCFA review. 10-08-14 EE
COM
O R A N G E C O U N T Y F I R E A U T H O R I T Y
Plan Referral Form
Required for OCFA to review plans upon the request of the Building Department when
the answers on the Plan Submittal Criteria Form (on the reverse) are all “No”.
City / County Official Requesting Review:
City / County Reference #: Date: __________________________________
City / County: _____________________________________ E-Mail: __________________________________
Contact Name: _____________________________________ Phone #: _________________________________
Title: _____________________________________
** Have the applicant complete and sign the OCFA Plan Submittal Criteria Form on the reverse of this form. **
Reason(s) for Review:
Please describe why OCFA Plan Review is or may be required by the City/County :
OCFA COMMENTS:
No further action required on this specific plan type, based
on information provided on: ____/______/______.
Project to be taken in for OCFA Review.
Other:
Name: _________________________________________
Contact #: ______________________________________ Date: _________________________________
OCFA Authorization
Updated: 06/02/2020 rs
Rev: 02/01/2023 Page 1 of 2
DISABLED ACCESS COMPLIANCE
ACC-01 CBC 2022 A. PURPOSE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION: (check one)
Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects UNDER the valuation threshold*
Finding of unreasonable hardship for projects OVER the valuation threshold*
Certification of Full Compliance with the 2022 California Building Code
* Valuation threshold as defined in the 2022 California Building Code, Section 11B-202.4 (Exception #8) and
Section 202 is $195,358.00 (as of January 2023)
B. PROJECT INFORMATION TO BE COMPLETED BY PETITIONER:
Project Address:
$ $
1. The cost of all construction contemplated in the determination of the valuation of improvement threshold
based on the valuation of site and building improvements for the last three-year period.
2. 20% of Total Construction Cost or Project Valuation: $
3. The actual amount to be spent to provide disabled access: $
4. Describe the impact of the proposed improvements on financial feasibility of the project.
5. Describe the proposed improvements related to accessibility upgrades on this project.
Planning & Building Agency
Building Safety Division
20 Civic Center Plaza
P.O. Box 1988 (M-19)
Santa Ana, CA 92702
(714) 647-5800
www.santa-ana.org
6. Identify the accessibility features and equivalent facilities that WILL be brought into compliance with the
latest edition of Title 24 as a part of this project and an estimate of the cost of each item: (Documentation
may be required)
Accessible Features to be Made Accessible Cost of Improvement
a. Entrance:
Door Landing Stairway/Steps Ramp $
b. Path of Travel:
Path of travel from accessible parking to the building entrance
and area of remodel $
$
Path of travel from the public way to the building entrance $
c. Sanitary facilities ( Floor no. ) $
d. Public phone(s) $
e. Drinking fountain(s) $
f. Parking $
g. Signage & Alarms $
i. Other: $
Total: $
7. Identify the accessibility features that WILL NOT comply if a request for unreasonable hardship is
granted. Provide an estimated cost of compliance for each item: (Documentation may be required)
Accessible Features Not to be Improved Cost of Improvement
a. $
b. $
c. $
Total: $
8. Petitioner must be the legal property owner or his/her legal representative:
I certify that the above noted information is true and correct.
Legal Property Owner Architect/Engineer Contractor Other:
Print Name: Phone No.
Address:
Signature: Date:
FOR AGENCY USE ONLY
Approved by: Date: